* MAINTAINERS: Add rx to target ISA section.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "record.h"
68 #include "gdb_regex.h"
69
70 /* readline include files */
71 #include "readline/readline.h"
72 #include "readline/history.h"
73
74 /* readline defines this. */
75 #undef savestring
76
77 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
78 #include "python/python.h"
79
80 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
81
82 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
83
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
85
86 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
87
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
89
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
91
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
93 void *),
94 void *);
95
96 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
97
98 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
99
100 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
101
102 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
103 struct linespec_result *,
104 enum bptype, char *,
105 char **);
106
107 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
108 struct linespec_result *,
109 struct linespec_sals *,
110 char *, enum bptype,
111 enum bpdisp, int, int,
112 int,
113 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
114 int, int, int);
115
116 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
117 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
118
119 static void clear_command (char *, int);
120
121 static void catch_command (char *, int);
122
123 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
124
125 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
126
127 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
128
129 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
130 enum bptype,
131 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
132 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
133 const struct symtab_and_line *);
134
135 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
136 static. */
137 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
138 struct symtab_and_line,
139 enum bptype,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
141
142 static struct breakpoint *
143 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
144 enum bptype type,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
146
147 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
148
149 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
151 enum bptype bptype);
152
153 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
154 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
155 struct obj_section *, int);
156
157 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
158 CORE_ADDR addr1,
159 struct address_space *aspace2,
160 CORE_ADDR addr2);
161
162 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
163 struct bp_location *loc2);
164
165 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
166 struct address_space *aspace,
167 CORE_ADDR addr);
168
169 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
170
171 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
172
173 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
174 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
175
176 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
177
178 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
179
180 static void commands_command (char *, int);
181
182 static void condition_command (char *, int);
183
184 typedef enum
185 {
186 mark_inserted,
187 mark_uninserted
188 }
189 insertion_state_t;
190
191 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
192 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
193
194 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
195
196 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
197
198 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
199
200 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
201
202 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
203
204 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
205 enum bptype type,
206 int *other_type_used);
207
208 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
209
210 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
211
212 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
213 int count);
214
215 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
216
217 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
218
219 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
220
221 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
222
223 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
224 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
225
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
227
228 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
229
230 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
231 CORE_ADDR pc);
232
233 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
234 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
235 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
236
237 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
238
239 static void update_global_location_list (int);
240
241 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
242
243 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
244
245 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
246
247 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
248
249 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
250
251 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
252
253 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
254
255 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
256
257 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
258
259 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
260
261 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
262 otherwise. */
263
264 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
265
266 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
267 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
268 char *cond_string,
269 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
270
271 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
272 from. */
273 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
274
275 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
276 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
277 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
278 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
279
280 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
282
283 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
285
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
287 breakpoints. */
288 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
289
290 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
291 breakpoints share a single command list. */
292 struct counted_command_line
293 {
294 /* The reference count. */
295 int refc;
296
297 /* The command list. */
298 struct command_line *commands;
299 };
300
301 struct command_line *
302 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
303 {
304 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
305 }
306
307 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
308 current breakpoint. */
309
310 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
311
312 const char *
313 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
314 {
315 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
316 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
317 a breakpoint. */
318 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
319
320 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
321 }
322
323 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
324 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
325 if such is available. */
326 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
327
328 static void
329 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
330 struct cmd_list_element *c,
331 const char *value)
332 {
333 fprintf_filtered (file,
334 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
335 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
336 value);
337 }
338
339 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
340 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
341 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
342 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
343 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
344 static void
345 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
346 struct cmd_list_element *c,
347 const char *value)
348 {
349 fprintf_filtered (file,
350 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
351 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
352 value);
353 }
354
355 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
356 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
357 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
358 use hardware breakpoints. */
359 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
360 static void
361 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
362 struct cmd_list_element *c,
363 const char *value)
364 {
365 fprintf_filtered (file,
366 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
367 value);
368 }
369
370 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
371 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
372 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
373 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
374 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
375
376 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
377 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
378 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
379 static const char *const always_inserted_enums[] = {
380 always_inserted_auto,
381 always_inserted_off,
382 always_inserted_on,
383 NULL
384 };
385 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
386 static void
387 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
388 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
389 {
390 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
391 fprintf_filtered (file,
392 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
393 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
394 value,
395 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
396 else
397 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
398 value);
399 }
400
401 int
402 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
403 {
404 return ((always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
405 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop))
406 && !RECORD_IS_USED);
407 }
408
409 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
410
411 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
412 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
413
414 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
415 static int overlay_events_enabled;
416
417 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
418 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
419
420 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
421 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
422 current breakpoint. */
423
424 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
425
426 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
427 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
428 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
429 B = TMP)
430
431 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
432 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
433 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
434
435 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
436 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
437 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
438 BP_TMP++)
439
440 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
441
442 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
443 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
444 if (is_tracepoint (B))
445
446 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
447
448 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
449
450 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
451
452 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
453
454 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
455
456 static unsigned bp_location_count;
457
458 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
459 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
460 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
461 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
462 an address you need to read. */
463
464 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
465
466 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
467 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
468 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
469 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
470 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
471
472 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
473
474 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
475 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
476 by a target. */
477 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
478
479 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
480
481 static int breakpoint_count;
482
483 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
484 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
485 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
486 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
487 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
488
489 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
490
491 static int tracepoint_count;
492
493 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
494 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
495 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
496
497 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
498 static int
499 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
500 {
501 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
502 }
503
504 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
505
506 static void
507 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
508 {
509 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
510 breakpoint_count = num;
511 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
512 }
513
514 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
515 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
516 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
517
518 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
519 breakpoint made. */
520
521 void
522 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
523 {
524 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
525 }
526
527 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
528 breakpoint made. */
529
530 void
531 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
532 {
533 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
534 }
535
536 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
537
538 void
539 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
540 {
541 struct breakpoint *b;
542
543 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
544 b->hit_count = 0;
545 }
546
547 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
548 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
549
550 static struct counted_command_line *
551 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
552 {
553 struct counted_command_line *result
554 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
555
556 result->refc = 1;
557 result->commands = commands;
558 return result;
559 }
560
561 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
562
563 static void
564 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
565 {
566 if (cmd)
567 ++cmd->refc;
568 }
569
570 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
571 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
572 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
573
574 static void
575 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
576 {
577 if (*cmdp)
578 {
579 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
580 {
581 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
582 xfree (*cmdp);
583 }
584 *cmdp = NULL;
585 }
586 }
587
588 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
589
590 static void
591 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
592 {
593 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
594 }
595
596 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
597 argument. */
598
599 static struct cleanup *
600 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
601 {
602 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
603 }
604
605 \f
606 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
607 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
608
609 struct breakpoint *
610 get_breakpoint (int num)
611 {
612 struct breakpoint *b;
613
614 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
615 if (b->number == num)
616 return b;
617
618 return NULL;
619 }
620
621 \f
622
623 void
624 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
625 int from_tty)
626 {
627 xfree (b->cond_string);
628 b->cond_string = NULL;
629
630 if (is_watchpoint (b))
631 {
632 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
633
634 xfree (w->cond_exp);
635 w->cond_exp = NULL;
636 }
637 else
638 {
639 struct bp_location *loc;
640
641 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
642 {
643 xfree (loc->cond);
644 loc->cond = NULL;
645 }
646 }
647
648 if (*exp == 0)
649 {
650 if (from_tty)
651 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
652 }
653 else
654 {
655 char *arg = exp;
656
657 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
658 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
659 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
660 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
661
662 if (is_watchpoint (b))
663 {
664 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
665
666 innermost_block = NULL;
667 arg = exp;
668 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
669 if (*arg)
670 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
671 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
672 }
673 else
674 {
675 struct bp_location *loc;
676
677 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
678 {
679 arg = exp;
680 loc->cond =
681 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
682 if (*arg)
683 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
684 }
685 }
686 }
687 breakpoints_changed ();
688 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
689 }
690
691 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
692
693 static void
694 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
695 {
696 struct breakpoint *b;
697 char *p;
698 int bnum;
699
700 if (arg == 0)
701 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
702
703 p = arg;
704 bnum = get_number (&p);
705 if (bnum == 0)
706 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
707
708 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
709 if (b->number == bnum)
710 {
711 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
712 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
713 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
714 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
715 if (b->py_bp_object
716 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
717 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
718 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
719 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
720 return;
721 }
722
723 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
724 }
725
726 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
727 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
728 Throw if any such commands is found. */
729
730 static void
731 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
732 {
733 struct command_line *c;
734
735 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
736 {
737 int i;
738
739 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
740 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
741 "only be used for tracepoints"));
742
743 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
744 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
745
746 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
747 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
748 command directly. */
749 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
750 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
751
752 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
753 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
754 }
755 }
756
757 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
758
759 static int
760 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
761 {
762 return (type == bp_tracepoint
763 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
764 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
765 }
766
767 int
768 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
769 {
770 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
771 }
772
773 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
774 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
775 found. */
776
777 static void
778 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
779 struct command_line *commands)
780 {
781 if (is_tracepoint (b))
782 {
783 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
784 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
785 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
786 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
787 struct command_line *c;
788 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
789 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
790 {
791 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
792 {
793 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
794 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
795 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
796 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
797 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
798 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
799
800 if (while_stepping)
801 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
802 "can be used only once"));
803 else
804 while_stepping = c;
805 }
806 }
807 if (while_stepping)
808 {
809 struct command_line *c2;
810
811 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
812 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
813 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
814 {
815 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
816 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
817 }
818 }
819 }
820 else
821 {
822 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
823 }
824 }
825
826 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
827 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
828
829 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
830 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
831 {
832 struct breakpoint *b;
833 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
834 struct bp_location *loc;
835
836 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
837 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
838 {
839 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
840 if (loc->address == addr)
841 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
842 }
843
844 return found;
845 }
846
847 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
848 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
849
850 void
851 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
852 struct command_line *commands)
853 {
854 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
855
856 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
857 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
858 breakpoints_changed ();
859 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
860 }
861
862 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
863 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
864 commands. */
865
866 void
867 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
868 {
869 int old_silent = b->silent;
870
871 b->silent = silent;
872 if (old_silent != silent)
873 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
874 }
875
876 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
877 breakpoint work for any thread. */
878
879 void
880 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
881 {
882 int old_thread = b->thread;
883
884 b->thread = thread;
885 if (old_thread != thread)
886 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
887 }
888
889 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
890 breakpoint work for any task. */
891
892 void
893 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
894 {
895 int old_task = b->task;
896
897 b->task = task;
898 if (old_task != task)
899 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
900 }
901
902 void
903 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
904 {
905 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
906
907 validate_actionline (&line, b);
908 }
909
910 /* A structure used to pass information through
911 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
912
913 struct commands_info
914 {
915 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
916 int from_tty;
917
918 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
919 char *arg;
920
921 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
922 already-parsed command. */
923 struct command_line *control;
924
925 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
926 yet been read. */
927 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
928 };
929
930 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
931 commands_command. */
932
933 static void
934 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
935 {
936 struct commands_info *info = data;
937
938 if (info->cmd == NULL)
939 {
940 struct command_line *l;
941
942 if (info->control != NULL)
943 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
944 else
945 {
946 struct cleanup *old_chain;
947 char *str;
948
949 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
950 "%s, one per line."),
951 info->arg);
952
953 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
954
955 l = read_command_lines (str,
956 info->from_tty, 1,
957 (is_tracepoint (b)
958 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
959 b);
960
961 do_cleanups (old_chain);
962 }
963
964 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
965 }
966
967 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
968 do anything. */
969 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
970 {
971 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
972 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
973 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
974 b->commands = info->cmd;
975 breakpoints_changed ();
976 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
977 }
978 }
979
980 static void
981 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
982 struct command_line *control)
983 {
984 struct cleanup *cleanups;
985 struct commands_info info;
986
987 info.from_tty = from_tty;
988 info.control = control;
989 info.cmd = NULL;
990 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
991 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
992 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
993
994 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
995 {
996 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
997 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
998 breakpoint_count);
999 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1000 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1001 else
1002 {
1003 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1004 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1005 numbers will fail in this case. */
1006 arg = NULL;
1007 }
1008 }
1009 else
1010 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1011 our argument. */
1012 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1013
1014 if (arg != NULL)
1015 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1016
1017 info.arg = arg;
1018
1019 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1020
1021 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1022 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1023
1024 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1025 }
1026
1027 static void
1028 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1029 {
1030 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1031 }
1032
1033 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1034 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1035
1036 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1037 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1038 enum command_control_type
1039 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1040 {
1041 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1042 return simple_control;
1043 }
1044
1045 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1046
1047 static int
1048 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1049 {
1050 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1051 return 0;
1052 if (!bl->inserted)
1053 return 0;
1054 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1055 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1056 return 0;
1057 return 1;
1058 }
1059
1060 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1061 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1062
1063 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1064 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1065 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1066 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1067 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1068 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1069 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1070 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1071 and:
1072 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1073
1074 void
1075 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1076 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1077 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1078 {
1079 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1080 search. */
1081 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1082
1083 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1084 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1085 report higher one. */
1086
1087 bc_l = 0;
1088 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1089 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1090 {
1091 struct bp_location *bl;
1092
1093 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1094 bl = bp_location[bc];
1095
1096 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1097 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1098 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1099 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1100
1101 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1102 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1103 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1104
1105 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1106 >= bl->address)
1107 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1108 <= memaddr))
1109 bc_l = bc;
1110 else
1111 bc_r = bc;
1112 }
1113
1114 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1115 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1116 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1117 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1118 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1119 B:
1120
1121 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1122
1123 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1124 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1125 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1126 and L2. */
1127 while (bc_l > 0
1128 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1129 bc_l--;
1130
1131 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1132
1133 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1134 {
1135 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1136 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1137 int bp_size = 0;
1138 int bptoffset = 0;
1139
1140 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1141 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1142 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1143 bl->owner->number);
1144
1145 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1146 content. */
1147
1148 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1149 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1150 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1151 break;
1152
1153 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1154 continue;
1155 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1156 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1157 continue;
1158
1159 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1160 we need to copy. */
1161 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1162 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1163
1164 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1165 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1166 are reading. */
1167 continue;
1168
1169 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1170 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1171 reading. */
1172 continue;
1173
1174 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1175 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1176 {
1177 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1178 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1179 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1180 bp_addr = memaddr;
1181 }
1182
1183 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1184 {
1185 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1186 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1187 }
1188
1189 if (readbuf != NULL)
1190 {
1191 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1192 shadow. */
1193 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1194 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1195 }
1196 else
1197 {
1198 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1199 const unsigned char *bp;
1200 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1201 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1202
1203 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1204 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1205 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1206
1207 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1208 address. */
1209 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1210
1211 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1212 breakpoint's INSN. */
1213 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1214 }
1215 }
1216 }
1217 \f
1218
1219 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1220
1221 static int
1222 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1223 {
1224 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1225 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1226 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1227 }
1228
1229 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1230 software. */
1231
1232 int
1233 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1234 {
1235 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1236 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1237 }
1238
1239 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1240 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1241 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1242 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1243 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1244 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1245 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1246 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1247
1248 static int
1249 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1250 {
1251 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1252 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1253 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1254 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1255 }
1256
1257 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1258 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1259
1260 static void
1261 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1262 {
1263 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1264
1265 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1266 {
1267 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1268 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1269 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1270 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1271 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1272 }
1273 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1274 }
1275
1276 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1277 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1278 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1279 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1280 in b->loc->cond.
1281 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1282
1283 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1284 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1285 it.
1286
1287 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1288 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1289 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1290 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1291 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1292 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1293 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1294 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1295
1296 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1297 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1298 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1299 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1300 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1301 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1302 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1303 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1304 not changed.
1305
1306 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1307 hardware watchpoints:
1308
1309 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1310 called several times when GDB stops.
1311
1312 [linux]
1313 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1314 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1315 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1316 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1317 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1318 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1319 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1320 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1321 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1322 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1323 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1324
1325 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1326 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1327
1328 static void
1329 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1330 {
1331 int within_current_scope;
1332 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1333 int frame_saved;
1334
1335 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1336 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1337 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1338 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1339 return;
1340
1341 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1342 return;
1343
1344 frame_saved = 0;
1345
1346 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1347 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1348 within_current_scope = 1;
1349 else
1350 {
1351 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1352 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1353 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1354
1355 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1356 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1357 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1358 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1359 return;
1360
1361 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1362 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1363 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1364 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1365 selected frame. */
1366 frame_saved = 1;
1367 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1368
1369 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1370 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1371 if (within_current_scope)
1372 select_frame (fi);
1373 }
1374
1375 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1376 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1377 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1378 b->base.loc = NULL;
1379
1380 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1381 {
1382 char *s;
1383
1384 if (b->exp)
1385 {
1386 xfree (b->exp);
1387 b->exp = NULL;
1388 }
1389 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1390 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1391 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1392 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1393 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1394 be completely different objects. */
1395 value_free (b->val);
1396 b->val = NULL;
1397 b->val_valid = 0;
1398
1399 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1400 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1401 locations (re)created below. */
1402 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1403 {
1404 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1405 {
1406 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1407 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1408 }
1409
1410 s = b->base.cond_string;
1411 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1412 }
1413 }
1414
1415 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1416 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1417 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1418 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1419 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1420 if ( !target_has_execution)
1421 {
1422 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1423 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1424 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1425 }
1426 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1427 {
1428 int pc = 0;
1429 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1430 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1431
1432 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1433
1434 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1435 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1436 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1437 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1438 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1439 watchpoints. */
1440 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1441 {
1442 b->val = v;
1443 b->val_valid = 1;
1444 }
1445
1446 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1447
1448 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1449 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1450 {
1451 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1452 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1453 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1454 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1455 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1456 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1457 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1458 {
1459 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1460
1461 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1462 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1463 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1464 if (v == result
1465 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1466 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1467 {
1468 CORE_ADDR addr;
1469 int len, type;
1470 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1471
1472 addr = value_address (v);
1473 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1474 type = hw_write;
1475 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1476 type = hw_read;
1477 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1478 type = hw_access;
1479
1480 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1481 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1482 ;
1483 *tmp = loc;
1484 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1485
1486 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1487 loc->address = addr;
1488 loc->length = len;
1489 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1490 }
1491 }
1492 }
1493
1494 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1495 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1496 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1497 is started. */
1498 if (reparse)
1499 {
1500 int reg_cnt;
1501 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1502 struct bp_location *bl;
1503
1504 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1505
1506 if (reg_cnt)
1507 {
1508 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1509 enum bptype type;
1510
1511 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1512 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1513 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1514
1515 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1516 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1517 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1518 this watchpoint in as well. */
1519
1520 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1521 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1522 hardware watchpoint type. */
1523 type = b->base.type;
1524 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1525 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1526
1527 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1528 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1529 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1530 through watch_command), so always account for it
1531 manually. */
1532
1533 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1534 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1535
1536 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1537 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1538
1539 target_resources_ok
1540 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1541 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1542 {
1543 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1544
1545 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1546 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1547 "hardware watchpoint."));
1548 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1549 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1550 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1551
1552 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1553 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1554 }
1555 else
1556 {
1557 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1558 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1559 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1560 nop. */
1561 b->base.type = type;
1562 }
1563 }
1564 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1565 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1566 "read/access watchpoint."));
1567 else
1568 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1569
1570 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1571 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1572 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1573 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1574 }
1575
1576 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1577 {
1578 next = value_next (v);
1579 if (v != b->val)
1580 value_free (v);
1581 }
1582
1583 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1584 above left it without any location set up. But,
1585 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1586 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1587 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1588 {
1589 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1590 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1591 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1592 base->loc->address = -1;
1593 base->loc->length = -1;
1594 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1595 }
1596 }
1597 else if (!within_current_scope)
1598 {
1599 printf_filtered (_("\
1600 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1601 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1602 b->base.number);
1603 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1604 }
1605
1606 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1607 if (frame_saved)
1608 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1609 }
1610
1611
1612 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1613 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1614 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1615 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1616 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1617 static int
1618 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1619 {
1620 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1621 return 0;
1622
1623 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1624 return 0;
1625
1626 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1627 return 0;
1628
1629 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1630 return 0;
1631
1632 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1633 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1634 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1635 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1636 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1637 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1638 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1639 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1640 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1641 return 0;
1642
1643 return 1;
1644 }
1645
1646 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1647 that the location is not duplicated. */
1648
1649 static int
1650 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1651 {
1652 int result;
1653 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1654
1655 bl->duplicate = 0;
1656 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1657 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1658 return result;
1659 }
1660
1661 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1662 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1663 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1664 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1665 -1 for failure.
1666
1667 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1668 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1669 static int
1670 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1671 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1672 int *disabled_breaks,
1673 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1674 {
1675 int val = 0;
1676
1677 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1678 return 0;
1679
1680 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1681 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1682 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1683 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1684 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1685
1686 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1687 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1688 {
1689 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1690 {
1691 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1692 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1693 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1694
1695 Two important cases are:
1696 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1697 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1698 hardware breakpoint.
1699 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1700 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1701 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1702 so we undo.
1703
1704 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1705 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1706 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1707 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1708 gdb. */
1709 struct mem_region *mr
1710 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1711
1712 if (mr)
1713 {
1714 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1715 {
1716 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1717
1718 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1719 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1720 else
1721 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1722
1723 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1724 {
1725 static int said = 0;
1726
1727 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1728 if (!said)
1729 {
1730 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1731 _("Note: automatically using "
1732 "hardware breakpoints for "
1733 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1734 said = 1;
1735 }
1736 }
1737 }
1738 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1739 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1740 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1741 "at readonly address %s"),
1742 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1743 }
1744 }
1745
1746 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1747 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1748 || bl->section == NULL
1749 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1750 {
1751 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1752
1753 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1754 }
1755 else
1756 {
1757 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1758 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1759 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1760 {
1761 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1762 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1763 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1764 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1765 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1766 bl->owner->number);
1767 else
1768 {
1769 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1770 bl->section);
1771 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1772 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1773 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1774 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1775 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1776 if (val != 0)
1777 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1778 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1779 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1780 bl->owner->number);
1781 }
1782 }
1783 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1784 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1785 {
1786 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1787 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1788 }
1789 else
1790 {
1791 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1792 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1793 return 0;
1794 }
1795 }
1796
1797 if (val)
1798 {
1799 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1800 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1801 {
1802 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1803 val = 0;
1804 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1805 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1806 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1807 {
1808 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1809 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1810 bl->owner->number);
1811 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1812 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1813 "library breakpoints:\n");
1814 }
1815 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1816 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1817 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1818 }
1819 else
1820 {
1821 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1822 {
1823 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1824 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1825 "Cannot insert hardware "
1826 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1827 bl->owner->number);
1828 }
1829 else
1830 {
1831 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1832 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1833 bl->owner->number);
1834 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1835 "Error accessing memory address ");
1836 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1837 tmp_error_stream);
1838 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1839 safe_strerror (val));
1840 }
1841
1842 }
1843 }
1844 else
1845 bl->inserted = 1;
1846
1847 return val;
1848 }
1849
1850 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1851 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1852 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1853 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1854 {
1855 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1856 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1857
1858 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1859
1860 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1861 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1862 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1863 {
1864 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1865
1866 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1867 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1868 of this one. */
1869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1870 if (loc != bl
1871 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1872 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1873 {
1874 bl->duplicate = 1;
1875 bl->inserted = 1;
1876 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1877 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1878 val = 0;
1879 break;
1880 }
1881
1882 if (val == 1)
1883 {
1884 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1885 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1886
1887 if (val)
1888 /* Back to the original value. */
1889 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1890 }
1891 }
1892
1893 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1894 }
1895
1896 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1897 {
1898 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1899 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1900
1901 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1902 if (val)
1903 {
1904 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1905
1906 if (val == 1)
1907 warning (_("\
1908 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1909 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1910 else
1911 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1912 }
1913
1914 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1915
1916 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1917 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1918 so just return success. */
1919 return 0;
1920 }
1921
1922 return 0;
1923 }
1924
1925 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1926 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1927 PSPACE anymore. */
1928
1929 void
1930 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1931 {
1932 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1933 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1934
1935 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1936 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1937 {
1938 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1939 delete_breakpoint (b);
1940 }
1941
1942 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1943 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1945 {
1946 struct bp_location *tmp;
1947
1948 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1949 {
1950 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1951 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1952 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1953 else
1954 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1955 if (tmp->next == loc)
1956 {
1957 tmp->next = loc->next;
1958 break;
1959 }
1960 }
1961 }
1962
1963 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1964 removed locations above. */
1965 update_global_location_list (0);
1966 }
1967
1968 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1969 Throws exception on any error.
1970 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1971 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1972 void
1973 insert_breakpoints (void)
1974 {
1975 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1976
1977 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1978 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1979 {
1980 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
1981
1982 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1983 }
1984
1985 update_global_location_list (1);
1986
1987 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1988 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1989 now. */
1990 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1991 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1992 }
1993
1994 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1995
1996 static void
1997 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1998 {
1999 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2000 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2001 int error_flag = 0;
2002 int val = 0;
2003 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2004 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2005
2006 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2007 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2008
2009 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2010 there was an error. */
2011 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2012
2013 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2014
2015 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2016 {
2017 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
2018 continue;
2019
2020 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2021 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2022 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2023 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2024 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2025 continue;
2026
2027 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2028
2029 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2030 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2031 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2032 insert breakpoints. */
2033 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2034 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2035 continue;
2036
2037 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2038 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2039 if (val)
2040 error_flag = val;
2041 }
2042
2043 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2044 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2045 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2046 {
2047 int some_failed = 0;
2048 struct bp_location *loc;
2049
2050 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2051 continue;
2052
2053 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2054 continue;
2055
2056 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2057 continue;
2058
2059 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2060 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2061 {
2062 some_failed = 1;
2063 break;
2064 }
2065 if (some_failed)
2066 {
2067 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2068 if (loc->inserted)
2069 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2070
2071 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2072 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2073 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2074 bpt->number);
2075 error_flag = -1;
2076 }
2077 }
2078
2079 if (error_flag)
2080 {
2081 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2082 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2083 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2084 {
2085 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2086 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2087 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2088 }
2089 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2090 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2091 }
2092
2093 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2094 }
2095
2096 /* Used when the program stops.
2097 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2098 removing a breakpoint location. */
2099
2100 int
2101 remove_breakpoints (void)
2102 {
2103 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2104 int val = 0;
2105
2106 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2107 {
2108 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2109 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2110 }
2111 return val;
2112 }
2113
2114 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2115
2116 int
2117 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2118 {
2119 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2120 int val;
2121 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2122
2123 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2124 {
2125 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2126 continue;
2127
2128 if (bl->inserted)
2129 {
2130 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2131 if (val != 0)
2132 return val;
2133 }
2134 }
2135 return 0;
2136 }
2137
2138 int
2139 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2140 {
2141 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2142 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2143 int val;
2144 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2145 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2146 struct inferior *inf;
2147 struct thread_info *tp;
2148
2149 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2150 if (tp == NULL)
2151 return 1;
2152
2153 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2154 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2155
2156 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2157
2158 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2159 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2160
2161 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2162 {
2163 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2164 continue;
2165
2166 if (bl->inserted)
2167 {
2168 bl->inserted = 0;
2169 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2170 if (val != 0)
2171 {
2172 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2173 return val;
2174 }
2175 }
2176 }
2177 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2178 return 0;
2179 }
2180
2181 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2182
2183 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2184 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2185 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2186 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2187 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2188 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2189 static void
2190 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2191 {
2192 if (internal)
2193 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2194 else
2195 {
2196 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2197 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2198 }
2199 }
2200
2201 static struct breakpoint *
2202 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2203 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2204 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2205 {
2206 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2207 struct breakpoint *b;
2208
2209 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2210
2211 sal.pc = address;
2212 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2213 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2214
2215 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2216 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2217 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2218
2219 return b;
2220 }
2221
2222 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2223 {
2224 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2225 };
2226 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2227
2228 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2229 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2230 {
2231 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2232 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2233
2234 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2235 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2236
2237 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2238 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2239
2240 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2241 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2242 };
2243
2244 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2245
2246 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2247 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2248
2249 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2250
2251 static int
2252 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2253 {
2254 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2255 }
2256
2257 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2258 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2259
2260 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2261 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2262 {
2263 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2264
2265 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2266 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2267 {
2268 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2269 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2270
2271 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2272 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2273 }
2274 return bp_objfile_data;
2275 }
2276
2277 static void
2278 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2279 {
2280 struct objfile *objfile;
2281 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2282
2283 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2284 {
2285 struct breakpoint *b;
2286 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2287 CORE_ADDR addr;
2288
2289 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2290
2291 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2292 continue;
2293
2294 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2295 {
2296 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2297
2298 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2299 if (m == NULL)
2300 {
2301 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2302 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2303 continue;
2304 }
2305 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2306 }
2307
2308 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2309 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2310 bp_overlay_event,
2311 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2312 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2313
2314 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2315 {
2316 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2317 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2318 }
2319 else
2320 {
2321 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2322 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2323 }
2324 }
2325 update_global_location_list (1);
2326 }
2327
2328 static void
2329 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2330 {
2331 struct program_space *pspace;
2332 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2333
2334 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2335
2336 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2337 {
2338 struct objfile *objfile;
2339
2340 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2341
2342 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2343 {
2344 int i;
2345 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2346 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2347
2348 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2349 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2350 continue;
2351
2352 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2353
2354 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2355 {
2356 struct breakpoint *b;
2357 const char *func_name;
2358 CORE_ADDR addr;
2359
2360 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2361 continue;
2362
2363 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2364 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2365 {
2366 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2367
2368 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2369 if (m == NULL)
2370 {
2371 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2372 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2373 continue;
2374 }
2375 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2376 }
2377
2378 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2379 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2380 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2381 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2382 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2383 }
2384 }
2385 }
2386 update_global_location_list (1);
2387
2388 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2389 }
2390
2391 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2392 static void
2393 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2394 {
2395 struct program_space *pspace;
2396 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2397 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2398
2399 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2400
2401 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2402 {
2403 struct objfile *objfile;
2404 CORE_ADDR addr;
2405
2406 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2407
2408 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2409 {
2410 struct breakpoint *b;
2411 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2412
2413 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2414
2415 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2416 continue;
2417
2418 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2419 {
2420 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2421
2422 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2423 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2424 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2425 {
2426 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2427 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2428 continue;
2429 }
2430 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2431 }
2432
2433 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2434 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2435 bp_std_terminate_master,
2436 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2437 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2438 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2439 }
2440 }
2441
2442 update_global_location_list (1);
2443
2444 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2445 }
2446
2447 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2448
2449 void
2450 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2451 {
2452 struct objfile *objfile;
2453 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2454
2455 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2456 {
2457 struct breakpoint *b;
2458 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2459 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2460 CORE_ADDR addr;
2461
2462 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2463
2464 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2465 continue;
2466
2467 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2468
2469 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2470 {
2471 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2472
2473 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2474 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2475 {
2476 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2477 continue;
2478 }
2479
2480 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2481 }
2482
2483 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2484 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2485 &current_target);
2486 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2487 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2488 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2489 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2490 }
2491
2492 update_global_location_list (1);
2493 }
2494
2495 void
2496 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2497 {
2498 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2499 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2500
2501 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2502 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2503 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2504 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2505 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2506 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2507 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2508 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2509 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2510 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2511 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2512
2513 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2514 {
2515 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2516 continue;
2517
2518 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2519 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2520 {
2521 delete_breakpoint (b);
2522 continue;
2523 }
2524
2525 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2526 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2527 {
2528 delete_breakpoint (b);
2529 continue;
2530 }
2531
2532 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2533 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2534 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2535 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2536 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2537 {
2538 delete_breakpoint (b);
2539 continue;
2540 }
2541
2542 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2543 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2544 {
2545 delete_breakpoint (b);
2546 continue;
2547 }
2548
2549 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2550 after an exec. */
2551 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2552 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2553 {
2554 delete_breakpoint (b);
2555 continue;
2556 }
2557
2558 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2559 {
2560 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2561 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2562 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2563 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2564 continue;
2565 }
2566
2567 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2568 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2569 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2570 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2571 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2572 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2573
2574 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2575 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2576 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2577 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2578 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2579 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2580 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2581
2582 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2583 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2584 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2585 let finish_command delete it.
2586
2587 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2588 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2589 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2590 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2591 solib breakpoints.) */
2592
2593 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2594 {
2595 continue;
2596 }
2597
2598 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2599 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2600 a.out. */
2601 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2602 {
2603 delete_breakpoint (b);
2604 continue;
2605 }
2606 }
2607 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2608 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2609 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2610 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2611 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2612 }
2613
2614 int
2615 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2616 {
2617 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2618 int val = 0;
2619 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2620 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2621
2622 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2623 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2624
2625 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2626 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2627 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2628 {
2629 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2630 continue;
2631
2632 if (bl->inserted)
2633 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2634 }
2635
2636 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2637 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2638
2639 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2640 return val;
2641 }
2642
2643 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2644 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2645 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2646 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2647 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2648
2649 static int
2650 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2651 {
2652 int val;
2653
2654 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2655 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2656
2657 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2658 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2659 return 0;
2660
2661 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2662 This should not ever happen. */
2663 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2664
2665 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2666 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2667 {
2668 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2669 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2670 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2671
2672 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2673 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2674 || bl->section == NULL
2675 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2676 {
2677 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2678 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2679 }
2680 else
2681 {
2682 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2683 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2684 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2685 {
2686 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2687 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2688 */
2689 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2690 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2691 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2692 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2693 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2694 else
2695 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2696 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2697 }
2698 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2699 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2700 if (bl->inserted)
2701 {
2702 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2703 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2704 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2705 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2706
2707 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2708 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2709 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2710 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2711 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2712 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2713 else
2714 val = 0;
2715 }
2716 else
2717 {
2718 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2719 val = 0;
2720 }
2721 }
2722
2723 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2724 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2725 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2726 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2727 val = 0;
2728
2729 if (val)
2730 return val;
2731 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2732 }
2733 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2734 {
2735 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2736 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2737
2738 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2739 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2740
2741 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2742 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2743 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2744 bl->owner->number);
2745 }
2746 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2747 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2748 && !bl->duplicate)
2749 {
2750 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2751 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2752
2753 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2754 if (val)
2755 return val;
2756
2757 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2758 }
2759
2760 return 0;
2761 }
2762
2763 static int
2764 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2765 {
2766 int ret;
2767 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2768
2769 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2770 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2771
2772 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2773 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2774 return 0;
2775
2776 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2777 This should not ever happen. */
2778 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2779
2780 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2781
2782 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2783
2784 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2785
2786 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2787 return ret;
2788 }
2789
2790 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2791
2792 void
2793 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2794 {
2795 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2796
2797 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2798 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2799 bl->inserted = 0;
2800 }
2801
2802 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2803 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2804
2805 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2806 between runs.
2807
2808 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2809 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2810 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2811
2812
2813
2814 void
2815 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2816 {
2817 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2818 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2819 int ix;
2820 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2821
2822 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2823 nothing to do. */
2824 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2825 return;
2826
2827 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2828 {
2829 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2830 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2831 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2832 bl->inserted = 0;
2833 }
2834
2835 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2836 {
2837 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2838 continue;
2839
2840 switch (b->type)
2841 {
2842 case bp_call_dummy:
2843
2844 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2845 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2846 rid of it. */
2847
2848 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2849
2850 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2851
2852 case bp_shlib_event:
2853
2854 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2855 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2856 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2857 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2858 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2859
2860 (gdb) file prog-linux
2861 (gdb) run # native linux target
2862 ...
2863 (gdb) kill
2864 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2865 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2866 */
2867
2868 delete_breakpoint (b);
2869 break;
2870
2871 case bp_watchpoint:
2872 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2873 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2874 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2875 {
2876 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
2877
2878 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2879 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2880 delete_breakpoint (b);
2881 else if (context == inf_starting)
2882 {
2883 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2884 insert_breakpoints. */
2885 if (w->val)
2886 value_free (w->val);
2887 w->val = NULL;
2888 w->val_valid = 0;
2889 }
2890 }
2891 break;
2892 default:
2893 break;
2894 }
2895 }
2896
2897 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2898 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2899 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2900 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2901 }
2902
2903 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2904 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2905 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2906 match, not program space. */
2907
2908 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2909 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2910 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2911 permanent breakpoint.
2912 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2913 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2914 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2915 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2916 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2917
2918 enum breakpoint_here
2919 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2920 {
2921 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2922 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2923
2924 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2925 {
2926 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2927 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2928 continue;
2929
2930 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2931 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2932 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2933 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2934 {
2935 if (overlay_debugging
2936 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2937 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2938 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2939 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2940 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2941 else
2942 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2943 }
2944 }
2945
2946 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2947 }
2948
2949 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2950
2951 int
2952 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2953 {
2954 struct bp_location *loc;
2955 int ix;
2956
2957 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2958 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2959 return 1;
2960
2961 return 0;
2962 }
2963
2964 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2965 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2966 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2967 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2968
2969 int
2970 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2971 CORE_ADDR pc)
2972 {
2973 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2974
2975 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2976 {
2977 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2978 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2979 continue;
2980
2981 if (bl->inserted
2982 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2983 {
2984 if (overlay_debugging
2985 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2986 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2987 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2988 else
2989 return 1;
2990 }
2991 }
2992 return 0;
2993 }
2994
2995 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2996 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2997
2998 int
2999 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3000 {
3001 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3002 return 1;
3003
3004 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3005 return 1;
3006
3007 return 0;
3008 }
3009
3010 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3011 inserted at PC. */
3012
3013 int
3014 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3015 CORE_ADDR pc)
3016 {
3017 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3018
3019 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3020 {
3021 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3022 continue;
3023
3024 if (bl->inserted
3025 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3026 aspace, pc))
3027 {
3028 if (overlay_debugging
3029 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3030 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3031 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3032 else
3033 return 1;
3034 }
3035 }
3036
3037 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3038 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3039 return 1;
3040
3041 return 0;
3042 }
3043
3044 int
3045 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3046 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3047 {
3048 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3049
3050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3051 {
3052 struct bp_location *loc;
3053
3054 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3055 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3056 continue;
3057
3058 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3059 continue;
3060
3061 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3062 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3063 {
3064 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3065
3066 /* Check for intersection. */
3067 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3068 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3069 if (l < h)
3070 return 1;
3071 }
3072 }
3073 return 0;
3074 }
3075
3076 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3077 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3078
3079 int
3080 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3081 ptid_t ptid)
3082 {
3083 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3084 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3085 int thread = -1;
3086 int task = 0;
3087
3088 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3089 {
3090 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3091 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3092 continue;
3093
3094 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3095 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3096 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3097 continue;
3098
3099 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3100 continue;
3101
3102 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3103 {
3104 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3105 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3106 it is now time to do so. */
3107 if (thread == -1)
3108 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3109 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3110 continue;
3111 }
3112
3113 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3114 {
3115 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3116 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3117 it is now time to do so. */
3118 if (task == 0)
3119 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3120 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3121 continue;
3122 }
3123
3124 if (overlay_debugging
3125 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3126 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3127 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3128
3129 return 1;
3130 }
3131
3132 return 0;
3133 }
3134 \f
3135
3136 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3137 in breakpoint.h. */
3138
3139 int
3140 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3141 {
3142 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3143 }
3144
3145 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3146 'next' chain. */
3147
3148 static void
3149 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3150 {
3151 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3152 value_free (bs->old_val);
3153 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3154 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3155 xfree (bs);
3156 }
3157
3158 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3159 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3160
3161 void
3162 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3163 {
3164 bpstat p;
3165 bpstat q;
3166
3167 if (bsp == 0)
3168 return;
3169 p = *bsp;
3170 while (p != NULL)
3171 {
3172 q = p->next;
3173 bpstat_free (p);
3174 p = q;
3175 }
3176 *bsp = NULL;
3177 }
3178
3179 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3180 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3181
3182 bpstat
3183 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3184 {
3185 bpstat p = NULL;
3186 bpstat tmp;
3187 bpstat retval = NULL;
3188
3189 if (bs == NULL)
3190 return bs;
3191
3192 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3193 {
3194 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3195 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3196 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3197 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3198 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3199 {
3200 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3201 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3202 }
3203
3204 if (p == NULL)
3205 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3206 retval = tmp;
3207 else
3208 p->next = tmp;
3209 p = tmp;
3210 }
3211 p->next = NULL;
3212 return retval;
3213 }
3214
3215 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3216
3217 bpstat
3218 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3219 {
3220 if (bsp == NULL)
3221 return NULL;
3222
3223 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3224 {
3225 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3226 return bsp;
3227 }
3228 return NULL;
3229 }
3230
3231 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3232 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3233 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3234 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3235
3236 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3237 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3238 we set it.
3239 Return 1 otherwise. */
3240
3241 int
3242 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3243 {
3244 struct breakpoint *b;
3245
3246 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3247 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3248
3249 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3250 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3251 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3252 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3253 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3254 if (b == NULL)
3255 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3256
3257 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3258 return 1;
3259 }
3260
3261 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3262
3263 void
3264 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3265 {
3266 struct thread_info *tp;
3267 bpstat bs;
3268
3269 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3270 return;
3271
3272 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3273 if (tp == NULL)
3274 return;
3275
3276 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3277 {
3278 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3279
3280 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3281 {
3282 value_free (bs->old_val);
3283 bs->old_val = NULL;
3284 }
3285 }
3286 }
3287
3288 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3289
3290 static void
3291 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3292 {
3293 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3294 {
3295 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3296
3297 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3298 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3299 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3300 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3301 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3302 return;
3303 }
3304
3305 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3306 }
3307
3308 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3309 command. */
3310 static void
3311 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3312 {
3313 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3314 }
3315
3316 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3317 or its equivalent. */
3318
3319 static int
3320 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3321 {
3322 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3323 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3324 }
3325
3326 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3327 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3328 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3329 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3330
3331 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3332 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3333 bpstat of the current thread. */
3334
3335 static int
3336 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3337 {
3338 bpstat bs;
3339 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3340 int again = 0;
3341
3342 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3343 in bs->commands. */
3344 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3345 return 0;
3346
3347 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3348 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3349
3350 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3351
3352 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3353 bs = *bsp;
3354
3355 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3356 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3357 {
3358 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3359 struct command_line *cmd;
3360 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3361
3362 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3363
3364 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3365 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3366 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3367 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3368 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3369 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3370 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3371 the tree when we're done. */
3372 ccmd = bs->commands;
3373 bs->commands = NULL;
3374 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3375 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3376 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3377 {
3378 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3379 cmd = cmd->next;
3380 }
3381
3382 while (cmd != NULL)
3383 {
3384 execute_control_command (cmd);
3385
3386 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3387 break;
3388 else
3389 cmd = cmd->next;
3390 }
3391
3392 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3393 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3394
3395 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3396 {
3397 if (target_can_async_p ())
3398 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3399 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3400 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3401 ;
3402 else
3403 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3404 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3405 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3406 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3407 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3408 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3409 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3410 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3411 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3412 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3413 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3414 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3415 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3416 again = 1;
3417 break;
3418 }
3419 }
3420 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3421 return again;
3422 }
3423
3424 void
3425 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3426 {
3427 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3428
3429 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3430 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3431 && target_has_execution
3432 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3433 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3434 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3435 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3436 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3437 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3438 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3439 break;
3440
3441 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3442 }
3443
3444 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3445
3446 static void
3447 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3448 {
3449 if (val == NULL)
3450 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3451 else
3452 {
3453 struct value_print_options opts;
3454 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3455 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3456 }
3457 }
3458
3459 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3460 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3461 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3462 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3463 normal_stop(). */
3464
3465 static enum print_stop_action
3466 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3467 {
3468 switch (bs->print_it)
3469 {
3470 case print_it_noop:
3471 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3472 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3473 break;
3474
3475 case print_it_done:
3476 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3477 relevant messages. */
3478 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3479 break;
3480
3481 case print_it_normal:
3482 {
3483 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3484
3485 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3486 which has since been deleted. */
3487 if (b == NULL)
3488 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3489
3490 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3491 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3492 }
3493 break;
3494
3495 default:
3496 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3497 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3498 break;
3499 }
3500 }
3501
3502 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
3503
3504 static void
3505 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
3506 {
3507 int any_deleted
3508 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
3509 int any_added
3510 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
3511
3512 if (!is_catchpoint)
3513 {
3514 if (any_added || any_deleted)
3515 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
3516 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
3517 else
3518 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
3519 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
3520 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
3521 }
3522
3523 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
3524 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
3525 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
3526
3527 if (any_deleted)
3528 {
3529 struct cleanup *cleanup;
3530 char *name;
3531 int ix;
3532
3533 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
3534 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
3535 "removed");
3536 for (ix = 0;
3537 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
3538 ix, name);
3539 ++ix)
3540 {
3541 if (ix > 0)
3542 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
3543 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
3544 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
3545 }
3546
3547 do_cleanups (cleanup);
3548 }
3549
3550 if (any_added)
3551 {
3552 struct so_list *iter;
3553 int ix;
3554 struct cleanup *cleanup;
3555
3556 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
3557 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
3558 "added");
3559 for (ix = 0;
3560 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
3561 ix, iter);
3562 ++ix)
3563 {
3564 if (ix > 0)
3565 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
3566 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
3567 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
3568 }
3569
3570 do_cleanups (cleanup);
3571 }
3572 }
3573
3574 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3575 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3576 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
3577 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
3578 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3579 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3580 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3581 routine is one of:
3582
3583 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3584 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3585 code to print the location. An example is
3586 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3587 the location.
3588 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3589 to also print the location part of the message.
3590 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3591 don't require a location appended to the end.
3592 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3593 further info to be printed. */
3594
3595 enum print_stop_action
3596 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
3597 {
3598 int val;
3599
3600 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3601 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3602 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3603 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3604 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3605 {
3606 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3607 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3608 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3609 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3610 return val;
3611 }
3612
3613 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3614 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
3615 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
3616 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
3617 {
3618 print_solib_event (0);
3619 return PRINT_NOTHING;
3620 }
3621
3622 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3623 with and nothing was printed. */
3624 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3625 }
3626
3627 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3628 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3629 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3630 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3631
3632 static int
3633 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3634 {
3635 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3636 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3637
3638 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3639 return i;
3640 }
3641
3642 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3643
3644 static bpstat
3645 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3646 {
3647 bpstat bs;
3648
3649 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3650 bs->next = NULL;
3651 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3652 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3653 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3654 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3655 incref_bp_location (bl);
3656 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3657 bs->commands = NULL;
3658 bs->old_val = NULL;
3659 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3660 return bs;
3661 }
3662 \f
3663 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3664 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3665
3666 int
3667 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3668 {
3669 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3670 CORE_ADDR addr;
3671 struct breakpoint *b;
3672
3673 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3674 {
3675 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3676 as not triggered. */
3677 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3678 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3679 {
3680 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3681
3682 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3683 }
3684
3685 return 0;
3686 }
3687
3688 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3689 {
3690 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3691 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3692 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3693 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3694 {
3695 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3696
3697 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3698 }
3699
3700 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3701 }
3702
3703 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3704 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3705 triggered. */
3706
3707 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3708 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3709 {
3710 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3711 struct bp_location *loc;
3712
3713 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3714 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3715 {
3716 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3717 {
3718 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
3719 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
3720
3721 if (newaddr == start)
3722 {
3723 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3724 break;
3725 }
3726 }
3727 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3728 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3729 addr, loc->address,
3730 loc->length))
3731 {
3732 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3733 break;
3734 }
3735 }
3736 }
3737
3738 return 1;
3739 }
3740
3741 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3742 because of check_errors). */
3743 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3744 #define WP_DELETED 1
3745 /* The value has changed. */
3746 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3747 /* The value has not changed. */
3748 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3749 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3750 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3751
3752 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3753 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3754
3755 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3756 changed.
3757
3758 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3759 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3760
3761 static int
3762 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3763 {
3764 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3765 struct watchpoint *b;
3766 struct frame_info *fr;
3767 int within_current_scope;
3768
3769 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3770 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3771 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3772
3773 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3774 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3775 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3776 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3777 return WP_IGNORE;
3778
3779 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3780 within_current_scope = 1;
3781 else
3782 {
3783 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3784 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3785 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3786
3787 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3788 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3789 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3790 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3791 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3792 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3793 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3794 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3795 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3796 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3797 return WP_IGNORE;
3798
3799 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3800 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3801
3802 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3803 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3804 if (within_current_scope)
3805 {
3806 struct symbol *function;
3807
3808 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3809 if (function == NULL
3810 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3811 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3812 within_current_scope = 0;
3813 }
3814
3815 if (within_current_scope)
3816 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3817 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3818 the user. */
3819 select_frame (fr);
3820 }
3821
3822 if (within_current_scope)
3823 {
3824 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3825 time before we return to the command level and call
3826 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3827 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3828
3829 int pc = 0;
3830 struct value *mark;
3831 struct value *new_val;
3832
3833 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
3834 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3835 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3836 a mask watchpoint. */
3837 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3838
3839 mark = value_mark ();
3840 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3841
3842 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3843 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3844 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3845 not what we want. */
3846 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3847 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3848 {
3849 if (new_val != NULL)
3850 {
3851 release_value (new_val);
3852 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3853 }
3854 bs->old_val = b->val;
3855 b->val = new_val;
3856 b->val_valid = 1;
3857 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3858 }
3859 else
3860 {
3861 /* Nothing changed. */
3862 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3863 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3864 }
3865 }
3866 else
3867 {
3868 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
3869
3870 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3871 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3872 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3873 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3874 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3875 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3876 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3877 the first value assigned). */
3878 /* We print all the stop information in
3879 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3880 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3881 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3882 here. */
3883 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3884 ui_out_field_string
3885 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3886 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3887 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
3888 ui_out_text (uiout,
3889 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3890 which its expression is valid.\n");
3891
3892 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3893 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
3894 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3895
3896 return WP_DELETED;
3897 }
3898 }
3899
3900 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3901 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3902 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3903
3904 static int
3905 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3906 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
3907 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3908 {
3909 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3910
3911 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3912 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3913
3914 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
3915 }
3916
3917 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3918 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3919
3920 static void
3921 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3922 {
3923 const struct bp_location *bl;
3924 struct watchpoint *b;
3925
3926 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3927 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3928 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3929 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3930 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3931
3932 {
3933 int must_check_value = 0;
3934
3935 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3936 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3937 watched value. */
3938 must_check_value = 1;
3939 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3940 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3941 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3942 this watchpoint. */
3943 must_check_value = 1;
3944 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3945 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3946 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3947 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3948 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3949 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3950 must_check_value = 1;
3951
3952 if (must_check_value)
3953 {
3954 char *message
3955 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3956 b->base.number);
3957 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3958 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3959 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3960 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3961 switch (e)
3962 {
3963 case WP_DELETED:
3964 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3965 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3966 /* Stop. */
3967 break;
3968 case WP_IGNORE:
3969 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3970 bs->stop = 0;
3971 break;
3972 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3973 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3974 {
3975 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3976
3977 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3978 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3979 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3980 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3981 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3982 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3983 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3984 old value.
3985
3986 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3987 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3988 happen:
3989
3990 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3991 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3992 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3993 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3994
3995 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3996 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3997 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3998 watchpoint.
3999
4000 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4001 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4002 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4003 changes. This still gives false positives when
4004 the program writes the same value to memory as
4005 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4006 it for a read), but it's much better than
4007 nothing. */
4008
4009 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4010
4011 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4012 {
4013 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4014
4015 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4016 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4017 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4018 {
4019 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4020 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4021
4022 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4023 == watch_triggered_yes)
4024 {
4025 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4026 break;
4027 }
4028 }
4029 }
4030
4031 if (other_write_watchpoint
4032 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4033 {
4034 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4035 and the value changed since the last time we
4036 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4037 Ignore it. */
4038 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4039 bs->stop = 0;
4040 }
4041 }
4042 break;
4043 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4044 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4045 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4046 {
4047 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4048 the value hasn't changed. */
4049 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4050 bs->stop = 0;
4051 }
4052 /* Stop. */
4053 break;
4054 default:
4055 /* Can't happen. */
4056 case 0:
4057 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4058 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4059 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4060 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4061 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4062 break;
4063 }
4064 }
4065 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4066 {
4067 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4068 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4069 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4070 anything for this watchpoint. */
4071 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4072 bs->stop = 0;
4073 }
4074 }
4075 }
4076
4077
4078 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4079 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4080 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4081
4082 static void
4083 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4084 {
4085 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4086 const struct bp_location *bl;
4087 struct breakpoint *b;
4088
4089 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4090 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4091 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4092 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4093 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4094
4095 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4096 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4097 bs->stop = 0;
4098 else if (bs->stop)
4099 {
4100 int value_is_zero = 0;
4101 struct expression *cond;
4102
4103 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4104 method implemented. */
4105 if (b->py_bp_object)
4106 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4107
4108 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4109 {
4110 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4111
4112 cond = w->cond_exp;
4113 }
4114 else
4115 cond = bl->cond;
4116
4117 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4118 {
4119 int within_current_scope = 1;
4120 struct watchpoint * w;
4121
4122 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4123 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4124 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4125 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4126 function call. */
4127 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4128
4129 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4130 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4131 else
4132 w = NULL;
4133
4134 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4135 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4136 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4137 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4138 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4139 call site. */
4140 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4141 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4142 else
4143 {
4144 struct frame_info *frame;
4145
4146 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4147 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4148 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4149 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4150 really matter which instantiation of the function
4151 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4152 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4153 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4154 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4155 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4156 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4157 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4158 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4159 intuitive. */
4160 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4161 if (frame != NULL)
4162 select_frame (frame);
4163 else
4164 within_current_scope = 0;
4165 }
4166 if (within_current_scope)
4167 value_is_zero
4168 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4169 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4170 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4171 else
4172 {
4173 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4174 "in the current scope"));
4175 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4176 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4177 value_is_zero = 0;
4178 }
4179 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4180 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4181 }
4182
4183 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4184 {
4185 bs->stop = 0;
4186 }
4187 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4188 {
4189 bs->stop = 0;
4190 }
4191 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4192 {
4193 b->ignore_count--;
4194 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4195 bs->stop = 0;
4196 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4197 ++(b->hit_count);
4198 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4199 }
4200 }
4201 }
4202
4203
4204 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4205 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4206
4207 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4208 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4209 that:
4210
4211 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4212
4213 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4214
4215 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4216 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4217 several reasons concurrently.)
4218
4219 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4220 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4221
4222 bpstat
4223 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4224 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
4225 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4226 {
4227 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4228 struct bp_location *bl;
4229 struct bp_location *loc;
4230 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4231 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4232 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4233 bpstat bs;
4234 int ix;
4235 int need_remove_insert;
4236 int removed_any;
4237
4238 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4239 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4240 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4241 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4242 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4243 inferior function calls. */
4244
4245 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4246 {
4247 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4248 continue;
4249
4250 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4251 {
4252 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4253 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4254 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4255 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4256 checked all locations already. */
4257 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4258 break;
4259
4260 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4261 continue;
4262
4263 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
4264 continue;
4265
4266 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4267 matches. */
4268
4269 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4270 explain stop. */
4271
4272 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4273 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4274 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4275 bs->stop = 1;
4276 bs->print = 1;
4277
4278 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4279 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4280 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4281 iteration. */
4282 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4283 {
4284 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4285
4286 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4287 }
4288 }
4289 }
4290
4291 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4292 {
4293 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4294 {
4295 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4296 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4297 bs->stop = 0;
4298 bs->print = 0;
4299 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4300 }
4301 }
4302
4303 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
4304 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
4305 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
4306 "catch unload". */
4307 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4308 {
4309 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
4310 {
4311 handle_solib_event ();
4312 break;
4313 }
4314 }
4315
4316 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4317 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4318 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4319
4320 removed_any = 0;
4321
4322 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4323 {
4324 if (!bs->stop)
4325 continue;
4326
4327 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4328 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4329 if (bs->stop)
4330 {
4331 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4332
4333 if (bs->stop)
4334 {
4335 ++(b->hit_count);
4336 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4337
4338 /* We will stop here. */
4339 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4340 {
4341 --(b->enable_count);
4342 if (b->enable_count <= 0
4343 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4344 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4345 removed_any = 1;
4346 }
4347 if (b->silent)
4348 bs->print = 0;
4349 bs->commands = b->commands;
4350 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4351 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4352 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4353 bs->print = 0;
4354 }
4355
4356 }
4357
4358 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
4359 print. */
4360 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
4361 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4362 }
4363
4364 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4365 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4366 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4367 done later. */
4368 need_remove_insert = 0;
4369 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4370 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4371 if (!bs->stop
4372 && bs->breakpoint_at
4373 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4374 {
4375 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4376
4377 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4378 need_remove_insert = 1;
4379 }
4380
4381 if (need_remove_insert)
4382 update_global_location_list (1);
4383 else if (removed_any)
4384 update_global_location_list (0);
4385
4386 return bs_head;
4387 }
4388
4389 static void
4390 handle_jit_event (void)
4391 {
4392 struct frame_info *frame;
4393 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4394
4395 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4396 breakpoint_re_set. */
4397 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4398
4399 frame = get_current_frame ();
4400 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4401
4402 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4403
4404 target_terminal_inferior ();
4405 }
4406
4407 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
4408
4409 void
4410 handle_solib_event (void)
4411 {
4412 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
4413
4414 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
4415 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
4416 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
4417 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4418 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4419 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4420 #else
4421 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4422 #endif
4423 target_terminal_inferior ();
4424 }
4425
4426 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4427
4428 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4429
4430 struct bpstat_what
4431 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4432 {
4433 struct bpstat_what retval;
4434 int jit_event = 0;
4435 bpstat bs;
4436
4437 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4438 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4439 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4440
4441 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4442 {
4443 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4444 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4445 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4446 enum bptype bptype;
4447
4448 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4449 {
4450 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4451 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4452 bptype = bp_none;
4453 }
4454 else
4455 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4456
4457 switch (bptype)
4458 {
4459 case bp_none:
4460 break;
4461 case bp_breakpoint:
4462 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4463 case bp_until:
4464 case bp_finish:
4465 case bp_shlib_event:
4466 if (bs->stop)
4467 {
4468 if (bs->print)
4469 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4470 else
4471 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4472 }
4473 else
4474 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4475 break;
4476 case bp_watchpoint:
4477 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4478 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4479 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4480 if (bs->stop)
4481 {
4482 if (bs->print)
4483 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4484 else
4485 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4486 }
4487 else
4488 {
4489 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4490 This requires no further action. */
4491 }
4492 break;
4493 case bp_longjmp:
4494 case bp_exception:
4495 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4496 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4497 break;
4498 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4499 case bp_exception_resume:
4500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4501 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4502 break;
4503 case bp_step_resume:
4504 if (bs->stop)
4505 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4506 else
4507 {
4508 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4509 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4510 }
4511 break;
4512 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4513 if (bs->stop)
4514 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4515 else
4516 {
4517 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4518 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4519 }
4520 break;
4521 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4522 case bp_thread_event:
4523 case bp_overlay_event:
4524 case bp_longjmp_master:
4525 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4526 case bp_exception_master:
4527 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4528 break;
4529 case bp_catchpoint:
4530 if (bs->stop)
4531 {
4532 if (bs->print)
4533 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4534 else
4535 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4536 }
4537 else
4538 {
4539 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4540 This requires no further action. */
4541 }
4542 break;
4543 case bp_jit_event:
4544 jit_event = 1;
4545 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4546 break;
4547 case bp_call_dummy:
4548 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4549 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4550 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4551 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4552 break;
4553 case bp_std_terminate:
4554 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4555 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4556 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4557 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4558 break;
4559 case bp_tracepoint:
4560 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4561 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4562 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4563 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4564 out already. */
4565 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4566 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4567 break;
4568 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4569 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4570 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4571 break;
4572 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4573 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4574 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4575 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4576 break;
4577 default:
4578 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4579 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4580 }
4581
4582 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4583 }
4584
4585 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4586 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4587
4588 if (jit_event)
4589 {
4590 if (debug_infrun)
4591 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4592
4593 handle_jit_event ();
4594 }
4595
4596 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4597 {
4598 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4599
4600 if (b == NULL)
4601 continue;
4602 switch (b->type)
4603 {
4604 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4605 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4606 break;
4607 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4608 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4609 break;
4610 }
4611 }
4612
4613 return retval;
4614 }
4615
4616 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4617 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4618 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4619
4620 int
4621 bpstat_should_step (void)
4622 {
4623 struct breakpoint *b;
4624
4625 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4626 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4627 return 1;
4628 return 0;
4629 }
4630
4631 int
4632 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4633 {
4634 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4635 if (bs->stop)
4636 return 1;
4637
4638 return 0;
4639 }
4640
4641 \f
4642
4643 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4644 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4645 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4646
4647 static char *
4648 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4649 {
4650 static char wrap_indent[80];
4651 int i, total_width, width, align;
4652 char *text;
4653
4654 total_width = 0;
4655 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4656 {
4657 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4658 {
4659 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4660 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4661 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4662
4663 return wrap_indent;
4664 }
4665
4666 total_width += width + 1;
4667 }
4668
4669 return NULL;
4670 }
4671
4672 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4673
4674 static void
4675 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4676 struct bp_location *loc)
4677 {
4678 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4679 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4680
4681 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4682 loc = NULL;
4683
4684 if (loc != NULL)
4685 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4686
4687 if (b->display_canonical)
4688 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4689 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
4690 {
4691 struct symbol *sym
4692 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4693 if (sym)
4694 {
4695 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4697 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4698 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4699 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4700 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4701 }
4702 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
4703 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4704
4705 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4706 {
4707 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4708 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4709
4710 if (fullname)
4711 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4712 }
4713
4714 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
4715 }
4716 else if (loc)
4717 {
4718 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4719 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4720
4721 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4722 demangle, "");
4723 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4724
4725 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4726 }
4727 else
4728 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4729
4730 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4731 }
4732
4733 static const char *
4734 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4735 {
4736 struct ep_type_description
4737 {
4738 enum bptype type;
4739 char *description;
4740 };
4741 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4742 {
4743 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4744 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4745 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4746 {bp_until, "until"},
4747 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4748 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4749 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4750 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4751 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4752 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4753 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4754 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4755 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4756 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4757 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4758 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4759 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4760 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4761 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4762 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4763 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4764 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4765 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4766 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4767 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4768 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4769 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4770 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4771 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4772 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4773 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4774 };
4775
4776 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4777 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4778 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4779 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4780 (int) type);
4781
4782 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4783 }
4784
4785 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4786
4787 static void
4788 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4789 struct bp_location *loc,
4790 int loc_number,
4791 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4792 int allflag)
4793 {
4794 struct command_line *l;
4795 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4796
4797 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4798 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4799 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4800 struct value_print_options opts;
4801
4802 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4803
4804 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4805 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4806 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4807 if (loc == NULL
4808 && (b->loc != NULL
4809 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4810 header_of_multiple = 1;
4811 if (loc == NULL)
4812 loc = b->loc;
4813
4814 annotate_record ();
4815
4816 /* 1 */
4817 annotate_field (0);
4818 if (part_of_multiple)
4819 {
4820 char *formatted;
4821 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4822 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4823 xfree (formatted);
4824 }
4825 else
4826 {
4827 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4828 }
4829
4830 /* 2 */
4831 annotate_field (1);
4832 if (part_of_multiple)
4833 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4834 else
4835 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4836
4837 /* 3 */
4838 annotate_field (2);
4839 if (part_of_multiple)
4840 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4841 else
4842 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4843
4844
4845 /* 4 */
4846 annotate_field (3);
4847 if (part_of_multiple)
4848 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4849 else
4850 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4851 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4852 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4853
4854
4855 /* 5 and 6 */
4856 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4857 {
4858 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4859 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4860 make sure there's just one location. */
4861 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4862 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4863 }
4864 else
4865 switch (b->type)
4866 {
4867 case bp_none:
4868 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4869 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4870 break;
4871
4872 case bp_watchpoint:
4873 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4874 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4875 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4876 {
4877 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4878
4879 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4880 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4881 is relatively readable). */
4882 if (opts.addressprint)
4883 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4884 annotate_field (5);
4885 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
4886 }
4887 break;
4888
4889 case bp_breakpoint:
4890 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4891 case bp_until:
4892 case bp_finish:
4893 case bp_longjmp:
4894 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4895 case bp_exception:
4896 case bp_exception_resume:
4897 case bp_step_resume:
4898 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4899 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4900 case bp_call_dummy:
4901 case bp_std_terminate:
4902 case bp_shlib_event:
4903 case bp_thread_event:
4904 case bp_overlay_event:
4905 case bp_longjmp_master:
4906 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4907 case bp_exception_master:
4908 case bp_tracepoint:
4909 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4910 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4911 case bp_jit_event:
4912 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4913 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4914 if (opts.addressprint)
4915 {
4916 annotate_field (4);
4917 if (header_of_multiple)
4918 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4919 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4920 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4921 else
4922 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4923 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4924 }
4925 annotate_field (5);
4926 if (!header_of_multiple)
4927 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4928 if (b->loc)
4929 *last_loc = b->loc;
4930 break;
4931 }
4932
4933
4934 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4935 are several. */
4936 if (loc != NULL
4937 && !header_of_multiple
4938 && (allflag
4939 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4940 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4941 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4942 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4943 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4944 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4945 {
4946 struct inferior *inf;
4947 int first = 1;
4948
4949 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4950 {
4951 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4952 {
4953 if (first)
4954 {
4955 first = 0;
4956 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4957 }
4958 else
4959 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4960 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4961 }
4962 }
4963 }
4964
4965 if (!part_of_multiple)
4966 {
4967 if (b->thread != -1)
4968 {
4969 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4970 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4971 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4972 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4973 }
4974 else if (b->task != 0)
4975 {
4976 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4977 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4978 }
4979 }
4980
4981 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4982
4983 if (!part_of_multiple)
4984 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4985
4986 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4987 {
4988 annotate_field (6);
4989 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4990 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4991 the frame ID. */
4992 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4993 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4994 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4995 }
4996
4997 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
4998 {
4999 annotate_field (7);
5000 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5001 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5002 else
5003 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5004 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5005 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5006 }
5007
5008 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5009 {
5010 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5011 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5012 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5013 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5014 }
5015
5016 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5017 {
5018 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5019 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
5020 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5021 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
5022 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
5023 else
5024 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5025 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5026 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5027 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5028 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5029 else
5030 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5031 }
5032
5033 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5034 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5035 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5036 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5037 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5038
5039 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5040 {
5041 annotate_field (8);
5042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5043 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5044 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5045 }
5046
5047 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
5048 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
5049 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
5050 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
5051 {
5052 annotate_field (8);
5053 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
5054 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
5055 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
5056 if (b->ignore_count)
5057 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
5058 else
5059 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
5060 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
5061 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5062 }
5063
5064 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
5065 {
5066 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5067
5068 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
5069 {
5070 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
5071 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
5072 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
5073 }
5074 }
5075
5076 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5077 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5078 {
5079 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5080
5081 annotate_field (9);
5082 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5083 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5084 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5085 }
5086
5087 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5088 {
5089 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5090
5091 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
5092 {
5093 annotate_field (10);
5094 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5095 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
5096 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5097 }
5098 }
5099
5100 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5101 {
5102 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5103 {
5104 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5105
5106 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
5107 }
5108 else if (b->addr_string)
5109 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5110 }
5111 }
5112
5113 static void
5114 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5115 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5116 int allflag)
5117 {
5118 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5119 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5120
5121 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5122
5123 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5124 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5125
5126 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5127 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5128 locations, if any. */
5129 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5130 {
5131 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5132 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5133 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5134 situation.
5135
5136 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5137 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5138 if (b->loc
5139 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5140 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5141 {
5142 struct bp_location *loc;
5143 int n = 1;
5144
5145 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5146 {
5147 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5148 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5149 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5150 do_cleanups (inner2);
5151 }
5152 }
5153 }
5154 }
5155
5156 static int
5157 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5158 {
5159 int print_address_bits = 0;
5160 struct bp_location *loc;
5161
5162 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5163 {
5164 int addr_bit;
5165
5166 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5167 an address to print. */
5168 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5169 continue;
5170
5171 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5172 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5173 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5174 }
5175
5176 return print_address_bits;
5177 }
5178
5179 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5180 {
5181 int bnum;
5182 };
5183
5184 static int
5185 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5186 {
5187 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5188 struct breakpoint *b;
5189 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5190
5191 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5192 {
5193 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5194 {
5195 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5196 return GDB_RC_OK;
5197 }
5198 }
5199 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5200 }
5201
5202 enum gdb_rc
5203 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5204 char **error_message)
5205 {
5206 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5207
5208 args.bnum = bnum;
5209 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5210 an error. */
5211 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5212 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5213 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5214 else
5215 return GDB_RC_OK;
5216 }
5217
5218 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5219 internal or momentary. */
5220
5221 int
5222 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5223 {
5224 return b->number > 0;
5225 }
5226
5227 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5228 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5229 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5230 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5231 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5232 breakpoints listed. */
5233
5234 static int
5235 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5236 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5237 {
5238 struct breakpoint *b;
5239 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5240 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5241 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5242 struct value_print_options opts;
5243 int print_address_bits = 0;
5244 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5245 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5246
5247 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5248
5249 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5250 required for address fields. */
5251 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5252 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5253 {
5254 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5255 if (filter && !filter (b))
5256 continue;
5257
5258 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5259 accept. Skip the others. */
5260 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5261 {
5262 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5263 continue;
5264 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5265 continue;
5266 }
5267
5268 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5269 {
5270 int addr_bit, type_len;
5271
5272 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5273 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5274 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5275
5276 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5277 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5278 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5279
5280 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5281 }
5282 }
5283
5284 if (opts.addressprint)
5285 bkpttbl_chain
5286 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5287 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5288 "BreakpointTable");
5289 else
5290 bkpttbl_chain
5291 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5292 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5293 "BreakpointTable");
5294
5295 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5296 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5297 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5298 annotate_field (0);
5299 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5300 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5301 annotate_field (1);
5302 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5303 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5304 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5305 annotate_field (2);
5306 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5307 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5308 annotate_field (3);
5309 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5310 if (opts.addressprint)
5311 {
5312 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5313 annotate_field (4);
5314 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5315 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5316 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5317 else
5318 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5319 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5320 }
5321 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5322 annotate_field (5);
5323 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5324 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5325 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5326 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5327
5328 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5329 {
5330 QUIT;
5331 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5332 if (filter && !filter (b))
5333 continue;
5334
5335 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5336 accept. Skip the others. */
5337
5338 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5339 {
5340 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5341 {
5342 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5343 continue;
5344 }
5345 else /* all others */
5346 {
5347 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5348 continue;
5349 }
5350 }
5351 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5352 allflag is set. */
5353 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5354 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5355 }
5356
5357 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5358
5359 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5360 {
5361 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5362 empty list. */
5363 if (!filter)
5364 {
5365 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5366 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5367 else
5368 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5369 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5370 args);
5371 }
5372 }
5373 else
5374 {
5375 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5376 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5377 }
5378
5379 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5380 there have been breakpoints? */
5381 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5382
5383 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5384 }
5385
5386 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5387 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5388
5389 static void
5390 default_collect_info (void)
5391 {
5392 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5393
5394 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5395 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5396 not wanted. */
5397 if (!*default_collect)
5398 return;
5399
5400 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5401 actions. */
5402 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5403 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5404 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5405 }
5406
5407 static void
5408 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5409 {
5410 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5411
5412 default_collect_info ();
5413 }
5414
5415 static void
5416 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5417 {
5418 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5419 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5420
5421 if (num_printed == 0)
5422 {
5423 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5424 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5425 else
5426 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5427 }
5428 }
5429
5430 static void
5431 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5432 {
5433 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5434
5435 default_collect_info ();
5436 }
5437
5438 static int
5439 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5440 struct program_space *pspace,
5441 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5442 {
5443 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5444
5445 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5446 {
5447 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5448 && bl->address == pc
5449 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5450 return 1;
5451 }
5452 return 0;
5453 }
5454
5455 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5456 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5457 address spaces. */
5458
5459 static void
5460 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5461 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5462 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5463 {
5464 int others = 0;
5465 struct breakpoint *b;
5466
5467 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5468 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
5469 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
5470 if (others > 0)
5471 {
5472 if (others == 1)
5473 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5474 else /* if (others == ???) */
5475 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5476 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5477 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5478 {
5479 others--;
5480 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5481 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5482 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5483 else if (b->thread != -1)
5484 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5485 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5486 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5487 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
5488 ? " (disabled)"
5489 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5490 ? " (permanent)"
5491 : ""),
5492 (others > 1) ? ","
5493 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5494 }
5495 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5496 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5497 printf_filtered (".\n");
5498 }
5499 }
5500 \f
5501
5502 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5503 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5504 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5505 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5506
5507 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5508 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5509 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5510 breakpoint at address zero:
5511
5512 bp_watchpoint
5513 bp_catchpoint
5514
5515 */
5516
5517 static int
5518 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5519 {
5520 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5521
5522 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5523 }
5524
5525 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5526 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5527
5528 static int
5529 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5530 struct bp_location *loc2)
5531 {
5532 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
5533 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
5534
5535 /* Both of them must exist. */
5536 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
5537 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
5538
5539 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5540 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5541 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5542 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5543 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5544 other watchpoint. */
5545 if ((w1->cond_exp
5546 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5547 loc1->length,
5548 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5549 w1->cond_exp))
5550 || (w2->cond_exp
5551 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5552 loc2->length,
5553 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5554 w2->cond_exp)))
5555 return 0;
5556
5557 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5558 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5559 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5560 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5561 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5562 become hw_access locations later. */
5563 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5564 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5565 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5566 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5567 }
5568
5569 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5570 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5571 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5572 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5573
5574 static int
5575 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5576 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5577 {
5578 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5579 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5580 && addr1 == addr2);
5581 }
5582
5583 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5584 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5585 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5586 space doesn't really matter. */
5587
5588 static int
5589 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5590 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5591 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5592 {
5593 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5594 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5595 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5596 }
5597
5598 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5599 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5600 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5601 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5602
5603 static int
5604 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5605 struct address_space *aspace,
5606 CORE_ADDR addr)
5607 {
5608 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5609 aspace, addr)
5610 || (bl->length
5611 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5612 bl->address, bl->length,
5613 aspace, addr)));
5614 }
5615
5616 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5617 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5618 true, otherwise returns false. */
5619
5620 static int
5621 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5622 struct bp_location *loc2)
5623 {
5624 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5625 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5626 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5627 different locations. */
5628 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
5629 else
5630 return 0;
5631 }
5632
5633 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5634 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5635 represent the same location. */
5636
5637 static int
5638 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5639 struct bp_location *loc2)
5640 {
5641 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5642
5643 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5644 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5645 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5646
5647 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5648 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5649
5650 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5651 return 0;
5652 else if (hw_point1)
5653 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5654 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5655 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5656 else
5657 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5658 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5659 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5660 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5661 }
5662
5663 static void
5664 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5665 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5666 {
5667 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5668 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5669 char astr1[64];
5670 char astr2[64];
5671
5672 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5673 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5674 if (have_bnum)
5675 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5676 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5677 else
5678 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5679 }
5680
5681 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5682 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5683 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5684 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5685
5686 static CORE_ADDR
5687 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5688 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5689 {
5690 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5691 {
5692 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5693 return bpaddr;
5694 }
5695 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5696 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5697 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5698 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5699 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5700 {
5701 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5702 have their addresses modified. */
5703 return bpaddr;
5704 }
5705 else
5706 {
5707 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5708
5709 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5710 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5711 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5712
5713 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5714 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5715 is required. */
5716 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5717 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5718
5719 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5720 }
5721 }
5722
5723 void
5724 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5725 struct breakpoint *owner)
5726 {
5727 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5728
5729 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5730
5731 loc->ops = ops;
5732 loc->owner = owner;
5733 loc->cond = NULL;
5734 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5735 loc->enabled = 1;
5736
5737 switch (owner->type)
5738 {
5739 case bp_breakpoint:
5740 case bp_until:
5741 case bp_finish:
5742 case bp_longjmp:
5743 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5744 case bp_exception:
5745 case bp_exception_resume:
5746 case bp_step_resume:
5747 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5748 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5749 case bp_call_dummy:
5750 case bp_std_terminate:
5751 case bp_shlib_event:
5752 case bp_thread_event:
5753 case bp_overlay_event:
5754 case bp_jit_event:
5755 case bp_longjmp_master:
5756 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5757 case bp_exception_master:
5758 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5759 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5760 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5761 break;
5762 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5763 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5764 break;
5765 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5766 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5767 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5768 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5769 break;
5770 case bp_watchpoint:
5771 case bp_catchpoint:
5772 case bp_tracepoint:
5773 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5774 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5775 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5776 break;
5777 default:
5778 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5779 }
5780
5781 loc->refc = 1;
5782 }
5783
5784 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5785
5786 static struct bp_location *
5787 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5788 {
5789 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5790 }
5791
5792 static void
5793 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5794 {
5795 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5796 xfree (loc);
5797 }
5798
5799 /* Increment reference count. */
5800
5801 static void
5802 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5803 {
5804 ++bl->refc;
5805 }
5806
5807 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5808 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5809
5810 static void
5811 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5812 {
5813 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5814
5815 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5816 free_bp_location (*blp);
5817 *blp = NULL;
5818 }
5819
5820 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5821
5822 static void
5823 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5824 {
5825 struct breakpoint *b1;
5826
5827 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5828 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5829
5830 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5831 if (b1 == 0)
5832 breakpoint_chain = b;
5833 else
5834 {
5835 while (b1->next)
5836 b1 = b1->next;
5837 b1->next = b;
5838 }
5839 }
5840
5841 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5842
5843 static void
5844 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5845 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5846 enum bptype bptype,
5847 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5848 {
5849 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5850
5851 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5852
5853 b->ops = ops;
5854 b->type = bptype;
5855 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5856 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5857 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5858 b->thread = -1;
5859 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5860 b->next = 0;
5861 b->silent = 0;
5862 b->ignore_count = 0;
5863 b->commands = NULL;
5864 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5865 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5866 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5867 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5868 }
5869
5870 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5871 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5872
5873 static struct breakpoint *
5874 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5875 enum bptype bptype,
5876 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5877 {
5878 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5879
5880 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5881 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5882 return b;
5883 }
5884
5885 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5886 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5887 enough. */
5888
5889 static void
5890 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5891 {
5892 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5893
5894 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5895 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5896 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5897 {
5898 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5899 const char *function_name;
5900
5901 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
5902 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5903
5904 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5905 {
5906 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5907
5908 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5909 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
5910 &loc->requested_address))
5911 {
5912 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5913 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5914 loc->requested_address,
5915 b->type);
5916 }
5917 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5918 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5919 {
5920 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5921 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5922 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5923 }
5924 }
5925
5926 if (function_name)
5927 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
5928 }
5929 }
5930
5931 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5932 struct gdbarch *
5933 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5934 {
5935 if (sal.section)
5936 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5937 if (sal.symtab)
5938 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5939
5940 return NULL;
5941 }
5942
5943 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5944 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5945 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5946
5947 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5948 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5949 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5950
5951 static void
5952 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5953 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5954 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5955 {
5956 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5957
5958 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5959
5960 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5961 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5962
5963 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
5964 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
5965 program space. */
5966 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5967 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5968
5969 breakpoints_changed ();
5970 }
5971
5972 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5973 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5974 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5975 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5976 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5977 is also returned as the value of this function.
5978
5979 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5980 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5981 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5982 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5983 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5984 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5985 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5986
5987 struct breakpoint *
5988 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5989 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5990 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5991 {
5992 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5993
5994 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
5995 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5996 return b;
5997 }
5998
5999
6000 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
6001 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6002 void
6003 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
6004 {
6005 struct bp_location *bl;
6006
6007 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
6008
6009 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6010 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6011 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6012 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6013 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
6014 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6015 bl->inserted = 1;
6016 }
6017
6018 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6019 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6020 initiated the operation. */
6021
6022 void
6023 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
6024 {
6025 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6026 int thread = tp->num;
6027
6028 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6029 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6030 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6031 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6032 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6033 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6034 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
6035 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
6036 {
6037 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
6038 struct breakpoint *clone;
6039
6040 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
6041 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6042 clone->thread = thread;
6043 }
6044
6045 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6046 }
6047
6048 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6049 void
6050 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6051 {
6052 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6053
6054 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6055 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6056 {
6057 if (b->thread == thread)
6058 delete_breakpoint (b);
6059 }
6060 }
6061
6062 void
6063 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6064 {
6065 struct breakpoint *b;
6066
6067 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6068 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6069 {
6070 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6071 update_global_location_list (1);
6072 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6073 }
6074 }
6075
6076 void
6077 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6078 {
6079 struct breakpoint *b;
6080
6081 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6082 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6083 {
6084 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6085 update_global_location_list (0);
6086 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6087 }
6088 }
6089
6090 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6091 master breakpoint. */
6092 void
6093 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6094 {
6095 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6096
6097 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6098 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6099 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6100 {
6101 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
6102 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6103 }
6104 }
6105
6106 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6107 void
6108 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6109 {
6110 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6111
6112 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6113 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6114 delete_breakpoint (b);
6115 }
6116
6117 struct breakpoint *
6118 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6119 {
6120 struct breakpoint *b;
6121
6122 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6123 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6124
6125 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6126 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6127 b->addr_string
6128 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6129
6130 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6131
6132 return b;
6133 }
6134
6135 void
6136 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6137 {
6138 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6139
6140 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6141 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6142 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6143 delete_breakpoint (b);
6144 }
6145
6146 struct lang_and_radix
6147 {
6148 enum language lang;
6149 int radix;
6150 };
6151
6152 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6153
6154 struct breakpoint *
6155 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6156 {
6157 struct breakpoint *b;
6158
6159 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6160 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6161 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6162 return b;
6163 }
6164
6165 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6166
6167 void
6168 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6169 {
6170 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6171
6172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6173 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6174 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6175 delete_breakpoint (b);
6176 }
6177
6178 void
6179 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6180 {
6181 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6182
6183 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6184 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6185 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6186 delete_breakpoint (b);
6187 }
6188
6189 struct breakpoint *
6190 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6191 {
6192 struct breakpoint *b;
6193
6194 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6195 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6196 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6197 return b;
6198 }
6199
6200 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6201 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6202
6203 void
6204 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6205 {
6206 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6207
6208 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6209 {
6210 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6211 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6212
6213 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6214 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6215 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6216 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6217 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6218 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6219 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6220 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6221 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6222 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6223 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6224 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6225 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6226 #else
6227 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6228 #endif
6229 )
6230 {
6231 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6232 }
6233 }
6234 }
6235
6236 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6237 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6238 disabled. */
6239
6240 static void
6241 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6242 {
6243 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6244 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6245
6246 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6247 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6248 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6249 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6250 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6251 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6252 return;
6253
6254 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6255 {
6256 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6257 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6258
6259 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6260 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6261 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6262 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6263 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6264 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6265 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6266 || is_tracepoint (b))
6267 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6268 {
6269 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6270 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6271 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6272 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6273 loc->inserted = 0;
6274
6275 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6276 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6277
6278 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6279 {
6280 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6281 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6282 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6283 solib->so_name);
6284 }
6285 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6286 }
6287 }
6288 }
6289
6290 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6291
6292 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6293 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6294 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6295 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6296 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6297
6298 struct fork_catchpoint
6299 {
6300 /* The base class. */
6301 struct breakpoint base;
6302
6303 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6304 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6305 catchpoint has triggered. */
6306 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6307 };
6308
6309 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6310 catchpoints. */
6311
6312 static int
6313 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6314 {
6315 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6316 }
6317
6318 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6319 catchpoints. */
6320
6321 static int
6322 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6323 {
6324 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6325 }
6326
6327 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6328 catchpoints. */
6329
6330 static int
6331 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6332 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6333 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6334 {
6335 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6336
6337 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
6338 return 0;
6339
6340 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
6341 return 1;
6342 }
6343
6344 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6345 catchpoints. */
6346
6347 static enum print_stop_action
6348 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6349 {
6350 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6351 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6352 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6353
6354 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6355 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6356 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6357 else
6358 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6359 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6360 {
6361 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6362 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
6363 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6364 }
6365 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6366 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
6367 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6368 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6369 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6370 }
6371
6372 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6373 catchpoints. */
6374
6375 static void
6376 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6377 {
6378 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6379 struct value_print_options opts;
6380 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6381
6382 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6383
6384 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6385 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6386 readable). */
6387 if (opts.addressprint)
6388 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6389 annotate_field (5);
6390 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6391 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6392 {
6393 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6394 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6395 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6396 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6397 }
6398 }
6399
6400 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6401 catchpoints. */
6402
6403 static void
6404 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6405 {
6406 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6407 }
6408
6409 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6410 catchpoints. */
6411
6412 static void
6413 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6414 {
6415 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6416 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6417 }
6418
6419 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6420
6421 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
6422
6423 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6424 catchpoints. */
6425
6426 static int
6427 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6428 {
6429 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6430 }
6431
6432 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6433 catchpoints. */
6434
6435 static int
6436 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6437 {
6438 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6439 }
6440
6441 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6442 catchpoints. */
6443
6444 static int
6445 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6446 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6447 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6448 {
6449 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6450
6451 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
6452 return 0;
6453
6454 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
6455 return 1;
6456 }
6457
6458 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6459 catchpoints. */
6460
6461 static enum print_stop_action
6462 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
6463 {
6464 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6465 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6466 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6467
6468 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6469 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6470 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6471 else
6472 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6473 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6474 {
6475 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6476 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
6477 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6478 }
6479 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6480 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
6481 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6482 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6483 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6484 }
6485
6486 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6487 catchpoints. */
6488
6489 static void
6490 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6491 {
6492 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6493 struct value_print_options opts;
6494 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6495
6496 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6497 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6498 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6499 readable). */
6500 if (opts.addressprint)
6501 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6502 annotate_field (5);
6503 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6504 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6505 {
6506 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6507 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6508 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6509 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6510 }
6511 }
6512
6513 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6514 catchpoints. */
6515
6516 static void
6517 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6518 {
6519 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6520 }
6521
6522 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6523 catchpoints. */
6524
6525 static void
6526 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6527 {
6528 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6529 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6530 }
6531
6532 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6533
6534 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
6535
6536 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
6537 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6538 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6539 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6540 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6541
6542 struct solib_catchpoint
6543 {
6544 /* The base class. */
6545 struct breakpoint base;
6546
6547 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
6548 unsigned char is_load;
6549
6550 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
6551 REGEX is non-NULL. */
6552 char *regex;
6553 regex_t compiled;
6554 };
6555
6556 static void
6557 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
6558 {
6559 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6560
6561 if (self->regex)
6562 regfree (&self->compiled);
6563 xfree (self->regex);
6564
6565 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6566 }
6567
6568 static int
6569 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
6570 {
6571 return 0;
6572 }
6573
6574 static int
6575 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
6576 {
6577 return 0;
6578 }
6579
6580 static int
6581 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
6582 struct address_space *aspace,
6583 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6584 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6585 {
6586 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6587 struct breakpoint *other;
6588
6589 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
6590 return 1;
6591
6592 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
6593 {
6594 struct bp_location *other_bl;
6595
6596 if (other == bl->owner)
6597 continue;
6598
6599 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
6600 continue;
6601
6602 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
6603 continue;
6604
6605 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
6606 {
6607 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
6608 return 1;
6609 }
6610 }
6611
6612 return 0;
6613 }
6614
6615 static void
6616 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
6617 {
6618 struct solib_catchpoint *self
6619 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6620 int ix;
6621
6622 if (self->is_load)
6623 {
6624 struct so_list *iter;
6625
6626 for (ix = 0;
6627 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
6628 ix, iter);
6629 ++ix)
6630 {
6631 if (!self->regex
6632 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
6633 return;
6634 }
6635 }
6636 else
6637 {
6638 char *iter;
6639
6640 for (ix = 0;
6641 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
6642 ix, iter);
6643 ++ix)
6644 {
6645 if (!self->regex
6646 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
6647 return;
6648 }
6649 }
6650
6651 bs->stop = 0;
6652 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
6653 }
6654
6655 static enum print_stop_action
6656 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
6657 {
6658 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6659 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6660
6661 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6662 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6663 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6664 else
6665 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6666 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6667 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6668 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6669 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6670 print_solib_event (1);
6671 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6672 }
6673
6674 static void
6675 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
6676 {
6677 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6678 struct value_print_options opts;
6679 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6680 char *msg;
6681
6682 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6683 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6684 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6685 readable). */
6686 if (opts.addressprint)
6687 {
6688 annotate_field (4);
6689 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6690 }
6691
6692 annotate_field (5);
6693 if (self->is_load)
6694 {
6695 if (self->regex)
6696 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
6697 else
6698 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
6699 }
6700 else
6701 {
6702 if (self->regex)
6703 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
6704 else
6705 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
6706 }
6707 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
6708 xfree (msg);
6709 }
6710
6711 static void
6712 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
6713 {
6714 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6715
6716 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
6717 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
6718 }
6719
6720 static void
6721 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6722 {
6723 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6724
6725 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
6726 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
6727 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
6728 if (self->regex)
6729 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
6730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
6731 }
6732
6733 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
6734
6735 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
6736 "catch unload". */
6737
6738 static void
6739 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
6740 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6741 {
6742 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
6743 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6744 int tempflag;
6745 regex_t compiled;
6746 struct cleanup *cleanup;
6747
6748 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6749
6750 if (!arg)
6751 arg = "";
6752 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
6753
6754 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
6755 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
6756
6757 if (*arg != '\0')
6758 {
6759 int errcode;
6760
6761 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
6762 if (errcode != 0)
6763 {
6764 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
6765
6766 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
6767 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
6768 }
6769 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
6770 }
6771
6772 c->is_load = is_load;
6773 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
6774 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
6775
6776 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
6777 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6778 }
6779
6780 static void
6781 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
6782 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6783 {
6784 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
6785 }
6786
6787 static void
6788 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
6789 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6790 {
6791 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
6792 }
6793
6794 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6795 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6796 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6797 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6798 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6799
6800 struct syscall_catchpoint
6801 {
6802 /* The base class. */
6803 struct breakpoint base;
6804
6805 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6806 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6807 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6808 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6809 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6810 };
6811
6812 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6813 catchpoints. */
6814
6815 static void
6816 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6817 {
6818 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6819
6820 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6821
6822 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6823 }
6824
6825 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6826 catchpoints. */
6827
6828 static int
6829 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6830 {
6831 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6832 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6833
6834 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6835 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6836 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6837 else
6838 {
6839 int i, iter;
6840
6841 for (i = 0;
6842 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6843 i++)
6844 {
6845 int elem;
6846
6847 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6848 {
6849 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6850 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6851 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6852 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6853 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6854 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6855 vec_addr_offset;
6856 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6857 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6858 }
6859 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6860 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6861 }
6862 }
6863
6864 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6865 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6866 inf->any_syscall_count,
6867 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6868 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6869 }
6870
6871 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6872 catchpoints. */
6873
6874 static int
6875 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6876 {
6877 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6878 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6879
6880 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6881 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6882 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6883 else
6884 {
6885 int i, iter;
6886
6887 for (i = 0;
6888 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6889 i++)
6890 {
6891 int elem;
6892 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6893 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6894 continue;
6895 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6896 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6897 }
6898 }
6899
6900 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6901 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6902 inf->any_syscall_count,
6903 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6904 VEC_address (int,
6905 inf->syscalls_counts));
6906 }
6907
6908 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6909 catchpoints. */
6910
6911 static int
6912 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6913 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6914 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6915 {
6916 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6917 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6918 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6919 int syscall_number = 0;
6920 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6921 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6922
6923 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6924 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6925 return 0;
6926
6927 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
6928
6929 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6930 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6931 {
6932 int i, iter;
6933
6934 for (i = 0;
6935 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6936 i++)
6937 if (syscall_number == iter)
6938 break;
6939 /* Not the same. */
6940 if (!iter)
6941 return 0;
6942 }
6943
6944 return 1;
6945 }
6946
6947 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6948 catchpoints. */
6949
6950 static enum print_stop_action
6951 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
6952 {
6953 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6954 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6955 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6956 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6957 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6958 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6959 ptid_t ptid;
6960 struct target_waitstatus last;
6961 struct syscall s;
6962 char *syscall_id;
6963
6964 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6965
6966 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6967
6968 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6969
6970 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6971 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6972 else
6973 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6974 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6975 {
6976 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6977 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6978 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6979 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
6980 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6981 }
6982 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6983
6984 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6985 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
6986 else
6987 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
6988
6989 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6990 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
6991 if (s.name != NULL)
6992 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
6993
6994 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6995
6996 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6997 }
6998
6999 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7000 catchpoints. */
7001
7002 static void
7003 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
7004 struct bp_location **last_loc)
7005 {
7006 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7007 struct value_print_options opts;
7008 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7009
7010 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7011 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7012 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7013 readable). */
7014 if (opts.addressprint)
7015 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7016 annotate_field (5);
7017
7018 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
7019 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7020 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
7021 else
7022 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
7023
7024 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7025 {
7026 int i, iter;
7027 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
7028
7029 for (i = 0;
7030 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7031 i++)
7032 {
7033 char *x = text;
7034 struct syscall s;
7035 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7036
7037 if (s.name != NULL)
7038 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
7039 else
7040 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
7041
7042 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
7043 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
7044 on every call. */
7045 xfree (x);
7046 }
7047 /* Remove the last comma. */
7048 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
7049 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
7050 }
7051 else
7052 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
7053 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7054 }
7055
7056 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7057 catchpoints. */
7058
7059 static void
7060 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7061 {
7062 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7063
7064 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7065 {
7066 int i, iter;
7067
7068 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7069 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
7070 else
7071 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
7072
7073 for (i = 0;
7074 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7075 i++)
7076 {
7077 struct syscall s;
7078 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7079
7080 if (s.name)
7081 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
7082 else
7083 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
7084 }
7085 printf_filtered (")");
7086 }
7087 else
7088 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
7089 b->number);
7090 }
7091
7092 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7093 catchpoints. */
7094
7095 static void
7096 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7097 {
7098 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7099
7100 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
7101
7102 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7103 {
7104 int i, iter;
7105
7106 for (i = 0;
7107 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7108 i++)
7109 {
7110 struct syscall s;
7111
7112 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7113 if (s.name)
7114 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
7115 else
7116 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
7117 }
7118 }
7119 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7120 }
7121
7122 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
7123
7124 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
7125
7126 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
7127
7128 static int
7129 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
7130 {
7131 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
7132 }
7133
7134 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
7135 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
7136 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
7137 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
7138
7139 static void
7140 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7141 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
7142 char *cond_string,
7143 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7144 {
7145 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7146
7147 init_sal (&sal);
7148 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
7149
7150 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
7151
7152 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
7153 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7154 }
7155
7156 void
7157 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
7158 {
7159 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7160 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7161 if (!internal)
7162 mention (b);
7163 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7164
7165 if (update_gll)
7166 update_global_location_list (1);
7167 }
7168
7169 static void
7170 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7171 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
7172 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7173 {
7174 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
7175
7176 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
7177
7178 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
7179
7180 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7181 }
7182
7183 /* Exec catchpoints. */
7184
7185 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
7186 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7187 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7188 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7189 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7190
7191 struct exec_catchpoint
7192 {
7193 /* The base class. */
7194 struct breakpoint base;
7195
7196 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
7197 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
7198 triggered. */
7199 char *exec_pathname;
7200 };
7201
7202 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7203 catchpoints. */
7204
7205 static void
7206 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7207 {
7208 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7209
7210 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
7211
7212 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7213 }
7214
7215 static int
7216 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7217 {
7218 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7219 }
7220
7221 static int
7222 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7223 {
7224 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7225 }
7226
7227 static int
7228 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
7229 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7230 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7231 {
7232 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7233
7234 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
7235 return 0;
7236
7237 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
7238 return 1;
7239 }
7240
7241 static enum print_stop_action
7242 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
7243 {
7244 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7245 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7246 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7247
7248 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7249 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7250 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7251 else
7252 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7253 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7254 {
7255 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7256 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
7257 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7258 }
7259 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7260 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
7261 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
7262 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7263
7264 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7265 }
7266
7267 static void
7268 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7269 {
7270 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7271 struct value_print_options opts;
7272 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7273
7274 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7275
7276 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
7277 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
7278 is relatively readable). */
7279 if (opts.addressprint)
7280 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7281 annotate_field (5);
7282 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
7283 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
7284 {
7285 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
7286 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
7287 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7288 }
7289 }
7290
7291 static void
7292 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7293 {
7294 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
7295 }
7296
7297 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7298 catchpoints. */
7299
7300 static void
7301 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7302 {
7303 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
7304 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7305 }
7306
7307 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
7308
7309 static void
7310 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
7311 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7312 {
7313 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
7314 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7315
7316 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
7317 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
7318 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
7319
7320 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7321 }
7322
7323 static int
7324 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7325 {
7326 int i = 0;
7327 struct breakpoint *b;
7328 struct bp_location *bl;
7329
7330 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7331 {
7332 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7333 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7334 {
7335 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7336 one register. */
7337 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7338 }
7339 }
7340
7341 return i;
7342 }
7343
7344 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
7345 watchpoint. */
7346
7347 static int
7348 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
7349 {
7350 int i = 0;
7351 struct bp_location *bl;
7352
7353 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7354 return 0;
7355
7356 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7357 {
7358 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7359 one register. */
7360 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7361 }
7362
7363 return i;
7364 }
7365
7366 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
7367 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
7368 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
7369 types _not_ TYPE. */
7370
7371 static int
7372 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
7373 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
7374 {
7375 int i = 0;
7376 struct breakpoint *b;
7377
7378 *other_type_used = 0;
7379 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7380 {
7381 if (b == except)
7382 continue;
7383 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7384 continue;
7385
7386 if (b->type == type)
7387 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
7388 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7389 *other_type_used = 1;
7390 }
7391
7392 return i;
7393 }
7394
7395 void
7396 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7397 {
7398 struct breakpoint *b;
7399
7400 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7401 {
7402 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7403 {
7404 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7405 update_global_location_list (0);
7406 }
7407 }
7408 }
7409
7410 void
7411 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7412 {
7413 struct breakpoint *b;
7414
7415 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7416 {
7417 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7418 {
7419 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7420 update_global_location_list (1);
7421 }
7422 }
7423 }
7424
7425 void
7426 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7427 {
7428 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7429 update_global_location_list (0);
7430 }
7431
7432 void
7433 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7434 {
7435 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7436 breakpoint_re_set ();
7437 }
7438
7439
7440 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7441 at address specified by SAL.
7442 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7443
7444 struct breakpoint *
7445 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7446 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7447 {
7448 struct breakpoint *b;
7449
7450 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7451 one. */
7452 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7453
7454 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7455 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7456 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7457 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7458
7459 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7460 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7461 control. */
7462 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7463 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7464
7465 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7466
7467 return b;
7468 }
7469
7470 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7471 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7472 breakpoint_ops. */
7473
7474 static struct breakpoint *
7475 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
7476 enum bptype type,
7477 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7478 {
7479 struct breakpoint *copy;
7480
7481 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
7482 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7483 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7484
7485 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7486 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7487 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7488 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7489 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7490
7491 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
7492 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
7493
7494 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
7495 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7496 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7497 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7498
7499 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7500 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7501 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7502
7503 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7504 return copy;
7505 }
7506
7507 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7508 ORIG is NULL. */
7509
7510 struct breakpoint *
7511 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7512 {
7513 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7514 if (orig == NULL)
7515 return NULL;
7516
7517 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
7518 }
7519
7520 struct breakpoint *
7521 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7522 enum bptype type)
7523 {
7524 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7525
7526 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7527 sal.pc = pc;
7528 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7529 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7530
7531 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7532 }
7533 \f
7534
7535 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7536
7537 static void
7538 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7539 {
7540 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7541 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
7542 return;
7543 printf_filtered ("\n");
7544 }
7545 \f
7546
7547 static struct bp_location *
7548 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7549 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7550 {
7551 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7552 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
7553 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7554
7555 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
7556 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7557
7558 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7559 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7560 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7561 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7562 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7563 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7564 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
7565 sal->pc, b->type);
7566
7567 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7568 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7569 ;
7570 *tmp = loc;
7571
7572 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7573 loc->address = adjusted_address;
7574 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7575 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7576 loc->section = sal->section;
7577 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
7578
7579 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
7580 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
7581 loc->line_number = sal->line;
7582
7583 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7584 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7585 return loc;
7586 }
7587 \f
7588
7589 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7590 return 0 otherwise. */
7591
7592 static int
7593 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7594 {
7595 int len;
7596 CORE_ADDR addr;
7597 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
7598 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7599 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7600 int retval = 0;
7601
7602 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7603
7604 addr = loc->address;
7605 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7606
7607 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7608 if (bpoint == NULL)
7609 return 0;
7610
7611 target_mem = alloca (len);
7612
7613 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7614 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7615 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7616 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7617
7618 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7619 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7620
7621 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7622 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
7623 retval = 1;
7624
7625 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7626
7627 return retval;
7628 }
7629
7630
7631
7632 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7633 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7634 as condition expression. */
7635
7636 static void
7637 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7638 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7639 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7640 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7641 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7642 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7643 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7644 {
7645 int i;
7646
7647 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7648 {
7649 int target_resources_ok;
7650
7651 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7652 target_resources_ok =
7653 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7654 i + 1, 0);
7655 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7656 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7657 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7658 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7659 }
7660
7661 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7662
7663 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7664 {
7665 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7666 struct bp_location *loc;
7667
7668 if (from_tty)
7669 {
7670 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7671 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7672 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7673
7674 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7675 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7676 }
7677
7678 if (i == 0)
7679 {
7680 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
7681 b->thread = thread;
7682 b->task = task;
7683
7684 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7685 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7686 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7687 b->disposition = disposition;
7688
7689 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7690 {
7691 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
7692 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7693
7694 if (strace_marker_p (b))
7695 {
7696 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7697 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7698 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7699 char *endp;
7700 char *marker_str;
7701
7702 p = skip_spaces (p);
7703
7704 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7705
7706 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7707 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7708
7709 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7710 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7711 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7712 }
7713 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7714 {
7715 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7716 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7717
7718 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7719 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7720 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7721 }
7722 else
7723 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7724 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7725 }
7726
7727 loc = b->loc;
7728 }
7729 else
7730 {
7731 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7732 }
7733
7734 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7735 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7736
7737 if (b->cond_string)
7738 {
7739 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7740 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7741 if (*arg)
7742 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7743 }
7744 }
7745
7746 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7747 if (addr_string)
7748 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7749 else
7750 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7751 me. */
7752 b->addr_string
7753 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7754 b->filter = filter;
7755 }
7756
7757 static void
7758 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7759 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7760 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7761 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7762 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7763 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7764 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7765 {
7766 struct breakpoint *b;
7767 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7768
7769 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
7770 {
7771 struct tracepoint *t;
7772
7773 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7774 b = &t->base;
7775 }
7776 else
7777 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7778
7779 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
7780
7781 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
7782 sals, addr_string,
7783 filter, cond_string,
7784 type, disposition,
7785 thread, task, ignore_count,
7786 ops, from_tty,
7787 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
7788 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7789
7790 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7791 }
7792
7793 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7794 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7795 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7796 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7797 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7798 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7799 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7800 we take just a single condition string.
7801
7802 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7803 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7804 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7805 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7806 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7807
7808 static void
7809 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7810 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7811 char *cond_string,
7812 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7813 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7814 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7815 int enabled, int internal)
7816 {
7817 int i;
7818 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7819
7820 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
7821 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
7822
7823 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
7824 {
7825 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
7826 'break', without arguments. */
7827 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
7828 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
7829 : NULL);
7830 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
7831 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7832
7833 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
7834 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
7835 addr_string,
7836 filter_string,
7837 cond_string, type, disposition,
7838 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7839 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7840 canonical->special_display);
7841 discard_cleanups (inner);
7842 }
7843 }
7844
7845 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7846 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7847 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7848 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7849
7850 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7851 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7852
7853 static void
7854 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7855 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7856 {
7857 char *addr_start = *address;
7858
7859 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7860 breakpoint. */
7861 if ((*address) == NULL
7862 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7863 {
7864 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7865 address. */
7866 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7867 {
7868 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7869 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7870
7871 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7872 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7873 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7874
7875 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7876 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7877 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
7878 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7879
7880 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7881 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7882 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7883 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7884 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7885 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7886
7887 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
7888 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7889 lsal.canonical = NULL;
7890
7891 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
7892 }
7893 else
7894 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7895 }
7896 else
7897 {
7898 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7899 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7900 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7901 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
7902 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7903 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7904 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7905 get_last_displayed_line (),
7906 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7907 else
7908 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7909 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7910 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7911 }
7912 }
7913
7914
7915 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7916 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7917
7918 static void
7919 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7920 {
7921 int i;
7922
7923 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7924 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7925 }
7926
7927 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7928 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7929 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7930 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7931 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7932 it, etc. */
7933
7934 static void
7935 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7936 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7937 {
7938 int i, rslt;
7939 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7940 char *msg;
7941 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7942
7943 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7944 {
7945 struct gdbarch *sarch;
7946
7947 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7948
7949 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7950 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
7951 associated with SAL. */
7952 if (sarch == NULL)
7953 sarch = gdbarch;
7954 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
7955 NULL, &msg);
7956 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7957
7958 if (!rslt)
7959 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7960 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7961
7962 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7963 }
7964 }
7965
7966 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7967 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7968 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7969 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7970 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7971 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7972 static void
7973 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7974 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7975 {
7976 *cond_string = NULL;
7977 *thread = -1;
7978 while (tok && *tok)
7979 {
7980 char *end_tok;
7981 int toklen;
7982 char *cond_start = NULL;
7983 char *cond_end = NULL;
7984
7985 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7986
7987 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7988
7989 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7990
7991 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7992 {
7993 struct expression *expr;
7994
7995 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7996 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7997 xfree (expr);
7998 cond_end = tok;
7999 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
8000 cond_end - cond_start);
8001 }
8002 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
8003 {
8004 char *tmptok;
8005
8006 tok = end_tok + 1;
8007 tmptok = tok;
8008 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
8009 if (tok == tmptok)
8010 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
8011 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
8012 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
8013 }
8014 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
8015 {
8016 char *tmptok;
8017
8018 tok = end_tok + 1;
8019 tmptok = tok;
8020 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
8021 if (tok == tmptok)
8022 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8023 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
8024 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
8025 }
8026 else
8027 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8028 }
8029 }
8030
8031 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8032
8033 static struct symtabs_and_lines
8034 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
8035 {
8036 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
8037 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8038 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8039 struct symbol *sym;
8040 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8041 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
8042 char *endp;
8043 char *marker_str;
8044 int i;
8045
8046 p = skip_spaces (p);
8047
8048 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8049
8050 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8051 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
8052
8053 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
8054 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
8055 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
8056
8057 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
8058 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
8059
8060 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8061 {
8062 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
8063
8064 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
8065
8066 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
8067
8068 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
8069 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
8070
8071 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
8072 }
8073
8074 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8075
8076 *arg_p = endp;
8077 return sals;
8078 }
8079
8080 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8081 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8082 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
8083 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
8084 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
8085 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
8086 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
8087 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
8088 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
8089 false otherwise. */
8090
8091 int
8092 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8093 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
8094 int parse_condition_and_thread,
8095 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
8096 int ignore_count,
8097 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
8098 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8099 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
8100 {
8101 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
8102 char *copy_arg = NULL;
8103 char *addr_start = arg;
8104 struct linespec_result canonical;
8105 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8106 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
8107 int i;
8108 int pending = 0;
8109 int task = 0;
8110 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
8111
8112 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
8113
8114 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
8115
8116 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
8117 {
8118 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
8119 addr_start, &copy_arg);
8120 }
8121
8122 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8123 switch (e.reason)
8124 {
8125 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
8126 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
8127 return 0;
8128 break;
8129 case RETURN_ERROR:
8130 switch (e.error)
8131 {
8132 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
8133
8134 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8135 error. */
8136
8137 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
8138 throw_exception (e);
8139
8140 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
8141
8142 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8143 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8144 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8145 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
8146 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
8147 return 0;
8148
8149 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8150 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8151 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8152 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8153 {
8154 struct linespec_sals lsal;
8155
8156 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
8157 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
8158 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
8159 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
8160 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
8161 pending = 1;
8162 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
8163 }
8164 break;
8165 default:
8166 throw_exception (e);
8167 }
8168 break;
8169 default:
8170 throw_exception (e);
8171 }
8172
8173 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8174 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
8175
8176 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8177 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8178 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8179 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8180 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8181
8182 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8183 are ok for the target. */
8184 if (!pending)
8185 {
8186 int ix;
8187 struct linespec_sals *iter;
8188
8189 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
8190 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
8191 }
8192
8193 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8194 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
8195 {
8196 int ix;
8197 struct linespec_sals *iter;
8198
8199 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
8200 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
8201 }
8202
8203 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8204 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8205 breakpoint. */
8206 if (!pending)
8207 {
8208 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
8209
8210 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
8211
8212 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
8213 {
8214 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8215 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8216 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8217 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8218 cond_string = NULL;
8219 thread = -1;
8220 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
8221 &thread, &task);
8222 if (cond_string)
8223 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8224 }
8225 else
8226 {
8227 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8228 if (cond_string)
8229 {
8230 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
8231 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8232 }
8233 }
8234
8235 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
8236 cond_string, type_wanted,
8237 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8238 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8239 from_tty, enabled, internal);
8240 }
8241 else
8242 {
8243 struct breakpoint *b;
8244
8245 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
8246
8247 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
8248 {
8249 struct tracepoint *t;
8250
8251 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
8252 b = &t->base;
8253 }
8254 else
8255 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8256
8257 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
8258
8259 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
8260 b->cond_string = NULL;
8261 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8262 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8263 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
8264 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8265 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
8266 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
8267 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8268
8269 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
8270 }
8271
8272 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
8273 {
8274 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8275 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8276 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8277 }
8278
8279 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8280 breakpoint. */
8281 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8282 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8283 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8284
8285 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8286 update_global_location_list (1);
8287
8288 return 1;
8289 }
8290
8291 /* Set a breakpoint.
8292 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8293 condition, and thread.
8294 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8295 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8296 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
8297
8298 static void
8299 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8300 {
8301 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8302 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8303 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8304 : bp_breakpoint);
8305
8306 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8307 arg,
8308 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8309 tempflag, type_wanted,
8310 0 /* Ignore count */,
8311 pending_break_support,
8312 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
8313 from_tty,
8314 1 /* enabled */,
8315 0 /* internal */);
8316 }
8317
8318 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8319
8320 void
8321 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8322 {
8323 CORE_ADDR pc;
8324
8325 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8326 {
8327 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8328 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8329 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8330 sal->pc = pc;
8331
8332 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8333 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8334 if (sal->explicit_line)
8335 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8336 }
8337
8338 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8339 {
8340 struct blockvector *bv;
8341 struct block *b;
8342 struct symbol *sym;
8343
8344 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8345 if (bv != NULL)
8346 {
8347 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8348 if (sym != NULL)
8349 {
8350 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8351 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8352 }
8353 else
8354 {
8355 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8356 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8357 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8358 happen in assembly source). */
8359
8360 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8361 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8362
8363 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8364
8365 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8366 if (msym)
8367 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8368
8369 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8370 }
8371 }
8372 }
8373 }
8374
8375 void
8376 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8377 {
8378 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8379 }
8380
8381 void
8382 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8383 {
8384 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8385 }
8386
8387 static void
8388 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8389 {
8390 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8391 }
8392
8393 static void
8394 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8395 {
8396 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8397 }
8398
8399 static void
8400 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8401 {
8402 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8403 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8404 stop at <line>\n"));
8405 }
8406
8407 static void
8408 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8409 {
8410 int badInput = 0;
8411
8412 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8413 badInput = 1;
8414 else if (*arg != '*')
8415 {
8416 char *argptr = arg;
8417 int hasColon = 0;
8418
8419 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8420 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8421 function/method name. */
8422 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8423 {
8424 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8425 argptr++;
8426 }
8427
8428 if (hasColon)
8429 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8430 else
8431 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8432 }
8433
8434 if (badInput)
8435 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8436 else
8437 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8438 }
8439
8440 static void
8441 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8442 {
8443 int badInput = 0;
8444
8445 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8446 badInput = 1;
8447 else
8448 {
8449 char *argptr = arg;
8450 int hasColon = 0;
8451
8452 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8453 it is probably a line number. */
8454 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8455 {
8456 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8457 argptr++;
8458 }
8459
8460 if (hasColon)
8461 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8462 else
8463 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8464 }
8465
8466 if (badInput)
8467 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8468 else
8469 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8470 }
8471
8472 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8473 ranged breakpoints. */
8474
8475 static int
8476 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8477 struct address_space *aspace,
8478 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8479 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8480 {
8481 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
8482 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
8483 return 0;
8484
8485 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8486 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8487 }
8488
8489 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8490 ranged breakpoints. */
8491
8492 static int
8493 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8494 {
8495 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8496 }
8497
8498 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8499 ranged breakpoints. */
8500
8501 static enum print_stop_action
8502 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
8503 {
8504 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8505 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8506 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8507
8508 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8509
8510 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8511 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8512
8513 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8514 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8515 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8516 else
8517 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8518 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8519 {
8520 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8521 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8522 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8523 }
8524 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8525 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8526
8527 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8528 }
8529
8530 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8531 ranged breakpoints. */
8532
8533 static void
8534 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8535 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8536 {
8537 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8538 struct value_print_options opts;
8539 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8540
8541 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8542 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8543
8544 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8545
8546 if (opts.addressprint)
8547 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8548 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8549 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8550 annotate_field (5);
8551 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8552 *last_loc = bl;
8553 }
8554
8555 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8556 ranged breakpoints. */
8557
8558 static void
8559 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8560 struct ui_out *uiout)
8561 {
8562 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8563 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8564 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8565 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8566
8567 gdb_assert (bl);
8568
8569 address_start = bl->address;
8570 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8571
8572 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8573 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8574 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8575 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8576 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8577 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8578
8579 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8580 }
8581
8582 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8583 ranged breakpoints. */
8584
8585 static void
8586 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8587 {
8588 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8589 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8590
8591 gdb_assert (bl);
8592 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8593
8594 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8595 return;
8596
8597 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8598 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8599 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8600 }
8601
8602 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8603 ranged breakpoints. */
8604
8605 static void
8606 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8607 {
8608 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8609 b->addr_string_range_end);
8610 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8611 }
8612
8613 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8614
8615 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8616
8617 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8618 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8619 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8620 last instruction of the given line. */
8621
8622 static CORE_ADDR
8623 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8624 {
8625 CORE_ADDR end;
8626
8627 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8628 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8629 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8630 end = sal.pc;
8631 else
8632 {
8633 int ret;
8634 CORE_ADDR start;
8635
8636 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8637 if (!ret)
8638 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8639
8640 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8641 end--;
8642 }
8643
8644 return end;
8645 }
8646
8647 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8648
8649 static void
8650 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8651 {
8652 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8653 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8654 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8655 CORE_ADDR end;
8656 struct breakpoint *b;
8657 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8658 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8659 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
8660
8661 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8662 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8663 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8664
8665 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8666 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8667 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8668 bp_count, 0);
8669 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8670 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8671
8672 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8673 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8674 error(_("No address range specified."));
8675
8676 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8677
8678 arg_start = arg;
8679 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
8680
8681 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8682
8683 if (arg[0] != ',')
8684 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8685 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
8686 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8687
8688 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
8689
8690 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
8691 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
8692 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8693
8694 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
8695 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8696 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8697
8698 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8699 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8700
8701 /* Parse the end location. */
8702
8703 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8704 arg_start = arg;
8705
8706 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
8707 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8708 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8709 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8710 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8711 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8712 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8713 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
8714
8715 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8716
8717 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
8718 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8719
8720 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
8721 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
8722 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
8723 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8724
8725 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
8726 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8727 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8728
8729 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8730 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8731 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8732
8733 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8734 if (length < 0)
8735 /* Length overflowed. */
8736 error (_("Address range too large."));
8737 else if (length == 1)
8738 {
8739 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8740 the `hbreak' command. */
8741 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8742
8743 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8744
8745 return;
8746 }
8747
8748 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8749 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8750 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
8751 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8752 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8753 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8754 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
8755 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
8756 b->loc->length = length;
8757
8758 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8759
8760 mention (b);
8761 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8762 update_global_location_list (1);
8763 }
8764
8765 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8766 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8767 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8768 zero. */
8769 static int
8770 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8771 {
8772 int i = exp->nelts;
8773
8774 while (i > 0)
8775 {
8776 int oplenp, argsp;
8777
8778 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8779 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8780 i -= oplenp;
8781
8782 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8783 {
8784 case BINOP_ADD:
8785 case BINOP_SUB:
8786 case BINOP_MUL:
8787 case BINOP_DIV:
8788 case BINOP_REM:
8789 case BINOP_MOD:
8790 case BINOP_LSH:
8791 case BINOP_RSH:
8792 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8793 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8794 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8795 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8796 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8797 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8798 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8799 case BINOP_LESS:
8800 case BINOP_GTR:
8801 case BINOP_LEQ:
8802 case BINOP_GEQ:
8803 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8804 case BINOP_COMMA:
8805 case BINOP_EXP:
8806 case BINOP_MIN:
8807 case BINOP_MAX:
8808 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8809 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8810 case BINOP_IN:
8811 case BINOP_RANGE:
8812 case TERNOP_COND:
8813 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8814 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8815
8816 case OP_LONG:
8817 case OP_DOUBLE:
8818 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8819 case OP_LAST:
8820 case OP_COMPLEX:
8821 case OP_STRING:
8822 case OP_BITSTRING:
8823 case OP_ARRAY:
8824 case OP_TYPE:
8825 case OP_NAME:
8826 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8827
8828 case UNOP_NEG:
8829 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8830 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8831 case UNOP_ADDR:
8832 case UNOP_HIGH:
8833 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8834 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8835 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8836 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8837
8838 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8839 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8840 ADDR is. */
8841 break;
8842
8843 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8844 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8845
8846 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8847 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8848 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8849 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8850
8851 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8852 are always constant. */
8853 {
8854 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8855
8856 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8857 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8858 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8859 return 0;
8860 break;
8861 }
8862
8863 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8864 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8865 then it is not a constant. */
8866 default:
8867 return 0;
8868 }
8869 }
8870
8871 return 1;
8872 }
8873
8874 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8875
8876 static void
8877 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
8878 {
8879 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
8880
8881 xfree (w->cond_exp);
8882 xfree (w->exp);
8883 xfree (w->exp_string);
8884 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
8885 value_free (w->val);
8886
8887 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
8888 }
8889
8890 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8891
8892 static void
8893 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8894 {
8895 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8896
8897 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8898 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8899
8900 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8901 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8902 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8903 are loaded and unloaded.
8904
8905 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8906 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8907 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8908 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8909 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8910 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8911
8912 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8913 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8914 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8915 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8916
8917 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8918 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8919
8920 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8921 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8922 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
8923 }
8924
8925 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8926
8927 static int
8928 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8929 {
8930 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8931 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8932
8933 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8934 w->cond_exp);
8935 }
8936
8937 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8938
8939 static int
8940 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8941 {
8942 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8943 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8944
8945 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8946 w->cond_exp);
8947 }
8948
8949 static int
8950 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8951 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8952 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8953 {
8954 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
8955 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8956
8957 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8958 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8959 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8960 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8961 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8962 (did not match the data address). */
8963 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
8964 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
8965 return 0;
8966
8967 return 1;
8968 }
8969
8970 static void
8971 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8972 {
8973 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
8974
8975 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
8976 }
8977
8978 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8979 hardware watchpoints. */
8980
8981 static int
8982 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8983 {
8984 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8985 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8986
8987 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8988 }
8989
8990 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8991 hardware watchpoints. */
8992
8993 static int
8994 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8995 {
8996 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8997 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8998 }
8999
9000 static enum print_stop_action
9001 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9002 {
9003 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9004 struct breakpoint *b;
9005 const struct bp_location *bl;
9006 struct ui_stream *stb;
9007 enum print_stop_action result;
9008 struct watchpoint *w;
9009 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9010
9011 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
9012
9013 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
9014 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9015 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9016
9017 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
9018 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
9019
9020 switch (b->type)
9021 {
9022 case bp_watchpoint:
9023 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9024 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9025 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9026 ui_out_field_string
9027 (uiout, "reason",
9028 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9029 mention (b);
9030 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9031 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9032 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
9033 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9034 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
9035 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9036 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
9037 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9038 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9039 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9040 break;
9041
9042 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9043 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9044 ui_out_field_string
9045 (uiout, "reason",
9046 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9047 mention (b);
9048 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9049 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
9050 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9051 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
9052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9053 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9054 break;
9055
9056 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9057 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
9058 {
9059 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9060 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9061 ui_out_field_string
9062 (uiout, "reason",
9063 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9064 mention (b);
9065 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9066 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9067 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
9068 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9069 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
9070 }
9071 else
9072 {
9073 mention (b);
9074 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9075 ui_out_field_string
9076 (uiout, "reason",
9077 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9078 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9079 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
9080 }
9081 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9082 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
9083 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9084 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9085 break;
9086 default:
9087 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9088 }
9089
9090 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9091 return result;
9092 }
9093
9094 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
9095 watchpoints. */
9096
9097 static void
9098 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9099 {
9100 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9101 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9102 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9103
9104 switch (b->type)
9105 {
9106 case bp_watchpoint:
9107 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
9108 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9109 break;
9110 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9111 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
9112 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9113 break;
9114 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9115 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
9116 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9117 break;
9118 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9119 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9120 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9121 break;
9122 default:
9123 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9124 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9125 }
9126
9127 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9128 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9129 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9130 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9131 }
9132
9133 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9134 watchpoints. */
9135
9136 static void
9137 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9138 {
9139 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9140
9141 switch (b->type)
9142 {
9143 case bp_watchpoint:
9144 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9145 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9146 break;
9147 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9148 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9149 break;
9150 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9151 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9152 break;
9153 default:
9154 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9155 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
9156 }
9157
9158 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
9159 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9160 }
9161
9162 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
9163
9164 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9165
9166 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
9167 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9168
9169 static int
9170 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9171 {
9172 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9173
9174 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
9175 bl->watchpoint_type);
9176 }
9177
9178 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
9179 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9180
9181 static int
9182 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9183 {
9184 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9185
9186 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
9187 bl->watchpoint_type);
9188 }
9189
9190 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9191 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9192
9193 static int
9194 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9195 {
9196 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9197
9198 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
9199 }
9200
9201 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9202 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9203
9204 static int
9205 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9206 {
9207 return 0;
9208 }
9209
9210 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9211 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9212
9213 static enum print_stop_action
9214 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9215 {
9216 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9217 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9218
9219 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9220 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9221
9222 switch (b->type)
9223 {
9224 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9225 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9226 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9227 ui_out_field_string
9228 (uiout, "reason",
9229 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9230 break;
9231
9232 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9233 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9234 ui_out_field_string
9235 (uiout, "reason",
9236 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9237 break;
9238
9239 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9240 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9241 ui_out_field_string
9242 (uiout, "reason",
9243 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9244 break;
9245 default:
9246 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9247 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9248 }
9249
9250 mention (b);
9251 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
9252 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9253 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9254 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9255
9256 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9257 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9258 }
9259
9260 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9261 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9262
9263 static void
9264 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9265 struct ui_out *uiout)
9266 {
9267 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9268
9269 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9270 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9271
9272 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
9273 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
9274 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9275 }
9276
9277 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9278 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9279
9280 static void
9281 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9282 {
9283 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9284 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9285 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9286
9287 switch (b->type)
9288 {
9289 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9290 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9291 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9292 break;
9293 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9294 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9295 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9296 break;
9297 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9298 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9299 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9300 break;
9301 default:
9302 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9303 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9304 }
9305
9306 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9307 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9308 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9309 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9310 }
9311
9312 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9313 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9314
9315 static void
9316 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9317 {
9318 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9319 char tmp[40];
9320
9321 switch (b->type)
9322 {
9323 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9324 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9325 break;
9326 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9327 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9328 break;
9329 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9330 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9331 break;
9332 default:
9333 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9334 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9335 }
9336
9337 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
9338 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
9339 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9340 }
9341
9342 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9343
9344 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9345
9346 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9347
9348 static int
9349 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9350 {
9351 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9352 }
9353
9354 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9355 hw_read: watch read,
9356 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9357 static void
9358 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9359 int just_location, int internal)
9360 {
9361 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9362 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9363 struct expression *exp;
9364 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9365 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9366 struct frame_info *frame;
9367 char *exp_start = NULL;
9368 char *exp_end = NULL;
9369 char *tok, *end_tok;
9370 int toklen = -1;
9371 char *cond_start = NULL;
9372 char *cond_end = NULL;
9373 enum bptype bp_type;
9374 int thread = -1;
9375 int pc = 0;
9376 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9377 the hardware watchpoint. */
9378 int use_mask = 0;
9379 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9380 struct watchpoint *w;
9381
9382 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9383 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9384 {
9385 char *value_start;
9386
9387 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9388 of the arguments string. */
9389 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9390 {
9391 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9392 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9393 tok--;
9394
9395 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9396 This is the value of the parameter. */
9397 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9398 tok--;
9399 value_start = tok + 1;
9400
9401 /* Skip whitespace. */
9402 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9403 tok--;
9404
9405 end_tok = tok;
9406
9407 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9408 This is the parameter itself. */
9409 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9410 tok--;
9411 tok++;
9412 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9413
9414 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9415 {
9416 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9417 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9418 only in a specific thread. */
9419 char *endp;
9420
9421 if (thread != -1)
9422 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9423
9424 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9425 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9426
9427 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9428 thread ID. */
9429 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9430 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9431
9432 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9433 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9434 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9435 }
9436 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9437 {
9438 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9439 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9440 facility. */
9441 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9442
9443 if (use_mask)
9444 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9445
9446 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9447
9448 mark = value_mark ();
9449 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9450 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9451 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9452 }
9453 else
9454 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9455 break;
9456
9457 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9458 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9459 *tok = '\0';
9460 }
9461 }
9462
9463 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9464 innermost_block = NULL;
9465 exp_start = arg;
9466 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9467 exp_end = arg;
9468 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9469 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9470 prettier. */
9471 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9472 --exp_end;
9473
9474 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9475 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9476 {
9477 int len;
9478
9479 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9480 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9481 len--;
9482 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9483 }
9484
9485 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9486 mark = value_mark ();
9487 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9488
9489 if (just_location)
9490 {
9491 int ret;
9492
9493 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9494 val = value_addr (result);
9495 release_value (val);
9496 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9497
9498 if (use_mask)
9499 {
9500 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9501 mask);
9502 if (ret == -1)
9503 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9504 else if (ret == -2)
9505 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9506 }
9507 }
9508 else if (val != NULL)
9509 release_value (val);
9510
9511 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9512 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9513
9514 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9515 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9516 {
9517 struct expression *cond;
9518
9519 innermost_block = NULL;
9520 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9521 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9522
9523 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9524 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9525 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9526
9527 xfree (cond);
9528 cond_end = tok;
9529 }
9530 if (*tok)
9531 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9532
9533 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9534 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9535 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9536 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9537 else
9538 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9539
9540 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9541
9542 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9543 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9544 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9545 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9546 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9547 {
9548 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9549 {
9550 scope_breakpoint
9551 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9552 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9553 bp_watchpoint_scope,
9554 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9555
9556 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9557
9558 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9559 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9560
9561 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9562 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9563
9564 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9565 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9566 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9567 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9568 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9569 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9570 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9571 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9572 scope_breakpoint->type);
9573 }
9574 }
9575
9576 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9577
9578 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
9579 b = &w->base;
9580 if (use_mask)
9581 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9582 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9583 else
9584 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9585 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9586 b->thread = thread;
9587 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9588 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9589 w->exp = exp;
9590 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9591 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9592 if (just_location)
9593 {
9594 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9595 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9596 char *name;
9597
9598 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9599 name = type_to_string (t);
9600
9601 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9602 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9603 xfree (name);
9604
9605 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9606 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9607
9608 /* The above expression is in C. */
9609 b->language = language_c;
9610 }
9611 else
9612 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9613
9614 if (use_mask)
9615 {
9616 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9617 }
9618 else
9619 {
9620 w->val = val;
9621 w->val_valid = 1;
9622 }
9623
9624 if (cond_start)
9625 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9626 else
9627 b->cond_string = 0;
9628
9629 if (frame)
9630 {
9631 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9632 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9633 }
9634 else
9635 {
9636 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9637 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9638 }
9639
9640 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9641 {
9642 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9643 need to act on them together. */
9644 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9645 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9646 }
9647
9648 if (!just_location)
9649 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9650
9651 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9652 {
9653 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9654 that should be inserted. */
9655 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
9656 }
9657 if (e.reason < 0)
9658 {
9659 delete_breakpoint (b);
9660 throw_exception (e);
9661 }
9662
9663 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
9664 }
9665
9666 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9667 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9668
9669 static int
9670 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9671 {
9672 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9673 struct value *head = v;
9674
9675 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9676 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9677 return 0;
9678
9679 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9680 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9681 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9682 hardware watchpoint.
9683
9684 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9685 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9686 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9687 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9688 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9689 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9690 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9691 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9692 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9693
9694 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9695 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9696 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9697 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9698 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9699 {
9700 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9701 {
9702 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9703 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9704 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9705 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9706 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9707 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9708 ;
9709 else
9710 {
9711 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9712 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9713 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9714
9715 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9716 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9717 middle of some value chain. */
9718 if (v == head
9719 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9720 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9721 {
9722 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9723 int len;
9724 int num_regs;
9725
9726 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9727 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9728 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9729
9730 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9731 if (!num_regs)
9732 return 0;
9733 else
9734 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9735 }
9736 }
9737 }
9738 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9739 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9740 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9741 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9742 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9743 }
9744
9745 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9746 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9747 return found_memory_cnt;
9748 }
9749
9750 void
9751 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9752 {
9753 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9754 }
9755
9756 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9757 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9758 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9759 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9760
9761 static int
9762 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9763 {
9764 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9765 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9766 {
9767 *str += arg_len;
9768 return 1;
9769 }
9770 return 0;
9771 }
9772
9773 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9774 calls watch_command_1. */
9775
9776 static void
9777 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9778 {
9779 int just_location = 0;
9780
9781 if (arg
9782 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9783 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9784 {
9785 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9786 just_location = 1;
9787 }
9788
9789 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9790 }
9791
9792 static void
9793 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9794 {
9795 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9796 }
9797
9798 void
9799 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9800 {
9801 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9802 }
9803
9804 static void
9805 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9806 {
9807 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9808 }
9809
9810 void
9811 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9812 {
9813 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9814 }
9815
9816 static void
9817 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9818 {
9819 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9820 }
9821 \f
9822
9823 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9824 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9825
9826 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9827 {
9828 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9829 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9830 int thread_num;
9831 };
9832
9833 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9834 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9835 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9836 command. */
9837 static void
9838 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9839 {
9840 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9841
9842 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9843 if (a->breakpoint2)
9844 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9845 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9846 }
9847
9848 void
9849 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9850 {
9851 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9852 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9853 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9854 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9855 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9856 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9857 int thread;
9858 struct thread_info *tp;
9859
9860 clear_proceed_status ();
9861
9862 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9863 this function. */
9864
9865 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9866 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9867 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9868 get_last_displayed_line ());
9869 else
9870 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9871 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
9872
9873 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9874 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9875
9876 sal = sals.sals[0];
9877 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9878
9879 if (*arg)
9880 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9881
9882 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9883
9884 if (anywhere)
9885 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9886 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9887 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9888 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9889 else
9890 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9891 only at the very same frame. */
9892 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9893 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9894 bp_until);
9895
9896 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9897
9898 tp = inferior_thread ();
9899 thread = tp->num;
9900
9901 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9902 one. */
9903
9904 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9905 {
9906 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9907 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9908 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9909 sal,
9910 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9911 bp_until);
9912 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9913
9914 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9915 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9916 }
9917
9918 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9919
9920 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9921 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9922 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9923 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9924
9925 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9926 {
9927 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9928 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9929
9930 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9931 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9932 args->thread_num = thread;
9933
9934 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9935 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9936 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9937 xfree);
9938 }
9939 else
9940 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9941 }
9942
9943 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9944 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9945
9946 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9947 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9948 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9949 if clause in the arg string. */
9950
9951 static char *
9952 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9953 {
9954 char *cond_string;
9955
9956 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9957 return NULL;
9958
9959 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9960 (*arg) += 2;
9961
9962 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9963 condition string. */
9964 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9965 cond_string = *arg;
9966
9967 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9968 string. */
9969 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9970
9971 return cond_string;
9972 }
9973
9974 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9975 process start/exit, etc. */
9976
9977 typedef enum
9978 {
9979 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9980 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9981 }
9982 catch_fork_kind;
9983
9984 static void
9985 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9986 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9987 {
9988 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9989 char *cond_string = NULL;
9990 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9991 int tempflag;
9992
9993 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9994 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9995 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9996
9997 if (!arg)
9998 arg = "";
9999 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10000
10001 /* The allowed syntax is:
10002 catch [v]fork
10003 catch [v]fork if <cond>
10004
10005 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10006 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10007
10008 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10009 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10010
10011 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
10012 and enable reporting of such events. */
10013 switch (fork_kind)
10014 {
10015 case catch_fork_temporary:
10016 case catch_fork_permanent:
10017 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10018 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
10019 break;
10020 case catch_vfork_temporary:
10021 case catch_vfork_permanent:
10022 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10023 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
10024 break;
10025 default:
10026 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
10027 break;
10028 }
10029 }
10030
10031 static void
10032 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10033 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10034 {
10035 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
10036 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10037 int tempflag;
10038 char *cond_string = NULL;
10039
10040 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10041
10042 if (!arg)
10043 arg = "";
10044 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10045
10046 /* The allowed syntax is:
10047 catch exec
10048 catch exec if <cond>
10049
10050 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10051 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10052
10053 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10054 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10055
10056 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
10057 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10058 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
10059 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
10060
10061 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
10062 }
10063
10064 static enum print_stop_action
10065 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
10066 {
10067 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10068 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10069 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
10070
10071 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
10072
10073 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10074 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
10075 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
10076 b->loc->address,
10077 b->number, 1);
10078 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10079 ui_out_text (uiout,
10080 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
10081 : "Catchpoint ");
10082 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10083 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10084 ui_out_text (uiout,
10085 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
10086 : " (exception caught), ");
10087 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10088 {
10089 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10090 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10091 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10092 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10093 }
10094 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10095 }
10096
10097 static void
10098 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10099 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10100 {
10101 struct value_print_options opts;
10102 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10103
10104 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10105 if (opts.addressprint)
10106 {
10107 annotate_field (4);
10108 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
10109 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
10110 else
10111 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
10112 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
10113 }
10114 annotate_field (5);
10115 if (b->loc)
10116 *last_loc = b->loc;
10117 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
10118 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
10119 else
10120 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
10121 }
10122
10123 static void
10124 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10125 {
10126 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10127 int bp_temp;
10128 int bp_throw;
10129
10130 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10131 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10132 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
10133 : _("Catchpoint "));
10134 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10135 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
10136 : _(" (catch)"));
10137 }
10138
10139 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
10140 catch catchpoints. */
10141
10142 static void
10143 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10144 struct ui_file *fp)
10145 {
10146 int bp_temp;
10147 int bp_throw;
10148
10149 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10150 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10151 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
10152 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
10153 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10154 }
10155
10156 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
10157
10158 static int
10159 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
10160 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
10161 {
10162 char *trigger_func_name;
10163
10164 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10165 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
10166 else
10167 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
10168
10169 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10170 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
10171 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
10172 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
10173 0,
10174 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
10175 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
10176 1 /* enabled */,
10177 0 /* internal */);
10178
10179 return 1;
10180 }
10181
10182 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
10183
10184 static void
10185 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
10186 int tempflag, int from_tty)
10187 {
10188 char *cond_string = NULL;
10189
10190 if (!arg)
10191 arg = "";
10192 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10193
10194 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10195
10196 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10197 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10198
10199 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
10200 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10201 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
10202
10203 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
10204 return;
10205
10206 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
10207 }
10208
10209 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
10210
10211 static void
10212 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10213 {
10214 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10215
10216 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10217 }
10218
10219 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
10220
10221 static void
10222 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10223 {
10224 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10225
10226 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10227 }
10228
10229 void
10230 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10231 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10232 struct symtab_and_line sal,
10233 char *addr_string,
10234 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
10235 int tempflag,
10236 int from_tty)
10237 {
10238 if (from_tty)
10239 {
10240 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
10241 if (!loc_gdbarch)
10242 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
10243
10244 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
10245 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
10246 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10247 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10248 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10249 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10250 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10251 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10252 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10253 enough for now, though. */
10254 }
10255
10256 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
10257
10258 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10259 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10260 b->addr_string = addr_string;
10261 b->language = language_ada;
10262 }
10263
10264 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10265 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10266 static VEC(int) *
10267 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
10268 {
10269 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
10270 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
10271
10272 while (*arg != '\0')
10273 {
10274 int i, syscall_number;
10275 char *endptr;
10276 char cur_name[128];
10277 struct syscall s;
10278
10279 /* Skip whitespace. */
10280 while (isspace (*arg))
10281 arg++;
10282
10283 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10284 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10285 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10286 arg += i;
10287
10288 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10289 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10290 if (*endptr == '\0')
10291 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10292 else
10293 {
10294 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10295 to a number. */
10296 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10297
10298 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10299 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10300 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10301 syscall number to be caught. */
10302 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10303 }
10304
10305 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10306 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10307 }
10308
10309 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10310 return result;
10311 }
10312
10313 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10314
10315 static void
10316 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10317 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10318 {
10319 int tempflag;
10320 VEC(int) *filter;
10321 struct syscall s;
10322 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10323
10324 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10325 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10326 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10327 this architecture yet."));
10328
10329 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10330
10331 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10332
10333 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10334 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10335 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10336 for his/her architecture. */
10337 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10338
10339 /* The allowed syntax is:
10340 catch syscall
10341 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10342
10343 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10344
10345 if (arg != NULL)
10346 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10347 else
10348 filter = NULL;
10349
10350 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10351 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10352 }
10353
10354 static void
10355 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10356 {
10357 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10358 }
10359 \f
10360
10361 static void
10362 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10363 {
10364 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10365 }
10366
10367 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
10368
10369 static int
10370 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
10371 {
10372 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
10373 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
10374 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
10375 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
10376
10377 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
10378 return -1;
10379 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
10380 return 1;
10381
10382 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10383 the number 0. */
10384 if (ua < ub)
10385 return -1;
10386 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
10387 }
10388
10389 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10390
10391 static void
10392 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10393 {
10394 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
10395 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10396 int ix;
10397 int default_match;
10398 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10399 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10400 int i;
10401 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10402
10403 if (arg)
10404 {
10405 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10406 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
10407 default_match = 0;
10408 }
10409 else
10410 {
10411 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10412 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10413 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10414 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10415
10416 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10417 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10418 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10419 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
10420 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10421 error (_("No source file specified."));
10422
10423 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10424 sals.nelts = 1;
10425
10426 default_match = 1;
10427 }
10428
10429 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10430 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10431 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10432 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10433
10434 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10435 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10436 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10437 due to optimization, all in one block.
10438
10439 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10440 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10441 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10442 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10443 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10444 to support that. */
10445
10446 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10447 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10448 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10449 breakpoint. */
10450
10451 found = NULL;
10452 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
10453 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10454 {
10455 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
10456
10457 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10458 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10459 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10460 or at default pc.
10461
10462 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10463
10464 0 1 pc
10465 1 1 pc _and_ line
10466 0 0 line
10467 1 0 <can't happen> */
10468
10469 sal = sals.sals[i];
10470 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
10471 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
10472
10473 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10474 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10475 {
10476 int match = 0;
10477 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10478 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10479 {
10480 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10481 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10482 {
10483 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10484 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10485 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
10486 && sal.pc
10487 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10488 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10489 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10490 || loc->section == sal.section));
10491 int line_match = 0;
10492
10493 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
10494 && loc->source_file != NULL
10495 && sal.symtab != NULL
10496 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10497 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
10498 {
10499 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
10500 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
10501 line_match = 1;
10502 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
10503 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
10504 sal.symtab->filename,
10505 sal_name_len))
10506 line_match = 1;
10507 }
10508
10509 if (pc_match || line_match)
10510 {
10511 match = 1;
10512 break;
10513 }
10514 }
10515 }
10516
10517 if (match)
10518 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10519 }
10520 }
10521
10522 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10523 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10524 {
10525 if (arg)
10526 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10527 else
10528 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10529 }
10530
10531 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10532 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
10533 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
10534 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
10535 compare_breakpoints);
10536 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
10537 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
10538 {
10539 if (b == prev)
10540 {
10541 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
10542 --ix;
10543 }
10544 }
10545
10546 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10547 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10548 if (from_tty)
10549 {
10550 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10551 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10552 else
10553 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10554 }
10555 breakpoints_changed ();
10556
10557 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10558 {
10559 if (from_tty)
10560 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10561 delete_breakpoint (b);
10562 }
10563 if (from_tty)
10564 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10565
10566 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10567 }
10568 \f
10569 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10570 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10571 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10572
10573 void
10574 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10575 {
10576 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10577
10578 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10579 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10580 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10581 && bs->stop)
10582 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10583
10584 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10585 {
10586 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10587 delete_breakpoint (b);
10588 }
10589 }
10590
10591 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10592 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10593 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10594 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10595 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10596 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10597
10598 static int
10599 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10600 {
10601 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10602 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10603 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10604 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10605 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10606
10607 if (a->address != b->address)
10608 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10609
10610 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10611 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10612 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10613
10614 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
10615 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
10616 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10617
10618 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10619 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10620 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
10621
10622 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10623 }
10624
10625 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10626 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10627 content of the bp_location array. */
10628
10629 static void
10630 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10631 {
10632 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10633
10634 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10635 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10636
10637 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10638 {
10639 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10640
10641 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10642 continue;
10643
10644 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10645 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10646
10647 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10648 addr = bl->address - start;
10649 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10650 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10651
10652 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10653
10654 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10655 addr = end - bl->address;
10656 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10657 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10658 }
10659 }
10660
10661 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10662
10663 static void
10664 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10665 {
10666 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10667 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10668
10669 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10670 return;
10671
10672 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10673
10674 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10675 {
10676 struct tracepoint *t;
10677
10678 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
10679 continue;
10680
10681 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
10682 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10683 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
10684 continue;
10685
10686 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10687 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10688 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10689 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
10690 continue;
10691
10692 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
10693
10694 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
10695
10696 bl->inserted = 1;
10697 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
10698 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
10699 }
10700
10701 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10702 }
10703
10704 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10705
10706 static void
10707 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
10708 {
10709 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
10710 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
10711 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
10712
10713 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10714 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
10715 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
10716 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
10717 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
10718
10719 left->inserted = right->inserted;
10720 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
10721 left->target_info = right->target_info;
10722 right->inserted = left_inserted;
10723 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
10724 right->target_info = left_target_info;
10725 }
10726
10727 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10728 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10729 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10730 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10731 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10732 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10733 returns true on them.
10734
10735 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10736 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10737 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10738 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10739 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10740 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10741
10742 static void
10743 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10744 {
10745 struct breakpoint *b;
10746 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10747 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10748
10749 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10750 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10751 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10752 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10753 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10754 once. */
10755 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10756 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10757 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10758 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10759
10760 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10761 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10762 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10763 unsigned old_location_count;
10764
10765 old_location = bp_location;
10766 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10767 bp_location = NULL;
10768 bp_location_count = 0;
10769 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10770
10771 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10772 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10773 bp_location_count++;
10774
10775 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10776 locp = bp_location;
10777 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10778 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10779 *locp++ = loc;
10780 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10781 bp_location_compare);
10782
10783 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10784
10785 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10786 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10787 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10788 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10789 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10790 location.
10791
10792 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10793 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10794
10795 locp = bp_location;
10796 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10797 old_locp++)
10798 {
10799 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10800 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10801
10802 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10803 not, we have to free it. */
10804 int found_object = 0;
10805 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10806 int keep_in_target = 0;
10807 int removed = 0;
10808
10809 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10810 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10811 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10812 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10813 locp++;
10814
10815 for (loc2p = locp;
10816 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10817 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10818 loc2p++)
10819 {
10820 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10821 {
10822 found_object = 1;
10823 break;
10824 }
10825 }
10826
10827 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10828 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10829 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10830 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10831 at certain location is not inserted. */
10832
10833 if (old_loc->inserted)
10834 {
10835 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10836 it. */
10837
10838 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10839 {
10840 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10841 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10842 keep_in_target = 1;
10843 }
10844 else
10845 {
10846 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10847 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10848 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10849 this one from the target. */
10850
10851 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10852 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10853 {
10854 for (loc2p = locp;
10855 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10856 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10857 loc2p++)
10858 {
10859 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10860
10861 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10862 {
10863 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10864 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10865 supported, but the latter are. */
10866 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10867 {
10868 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10869 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10870 }
10871
10872 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10873 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10874 unduplicated. */
10875 if (loc2 != old_loc
10876 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
10877 {
10878 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
10879 keep_in_target = 1;
10880 break;
10881 }
10882 }
10883 }
10884 }
10885 }
10886
10887 if (!keep_in_target)
10888 {
10889 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10890 {
10891 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10892 this location on the global list, and try to
10893 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10894 reason why we will succeed next time.
10895
10896 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10897 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10898 only after calling us. */
10899 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10900 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10901 old_loc->owner->number);
10902 }
10903 removed = 1;
10904 }
10905 }
10906
10907 if (!found_object)
10908 {
10909 if (removed && non_stop
10910 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10911 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10912 {
10913 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10914 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10915 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10916 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10917 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10918 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10919 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10920 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10921 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10922 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10923 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10924 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10925 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10926 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10927 SIGTRAP.
10928
10929 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10930 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10931
10932 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10933 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10934 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10935 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10936 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10937 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10938 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10939 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10940 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10941 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10942 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10943 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10944 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10945 thread_count.
10946
10947 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10948 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10949 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10950 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10951
10952 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10953 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10954 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10955 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10956 traps we can no longer explain. */
10957
10958 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10959 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10960
10961 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10962 }
10963 else
10964 {
10965 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10966 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10967 }
10968 }
10969 }
10970
10971 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10972 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10973 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10974 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10975 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10976 are sorted first for the same address.
10977
10978 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10979 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10980
10981 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10982 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10983 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10984 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10985 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10986 {
10987 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10988 non-NULL. */
10989 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10990 b = loc->owner;
10991
10992 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
10993 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10994 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10995 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10996 `struct bp_location'. */
10997 || is_tracepoint (b))
10998 continue;
10999
11000 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
11001 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
11002 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11003 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
11004 "actually inserted"));
11005
11006 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
11007 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
11008 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
11009 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
11010 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
11011 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
11012 else
11013 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
11014
11015 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
11016 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
11017 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
11018 {
11019 *loc_first_p = loc;
11020 loc->duplicate = 0;
11021 continue;
11022 }
11023
11024
11025 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11026 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11027 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11028 if (loc->inserted)
11029 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
11030 loc->duplicate = 1;
11031
11032 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
11033 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
11034 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11035 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
11036 "a permanent breakpoint"));
11037 }
11038
11039 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
11040 && (have_live_inferiors ()
11041 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
11042 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11043
11044 if (should_insert)
11045 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11046
11047 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11048 }
11049
11050 void
11051 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11052 {
11053 struct bp_location *loc;
11054 int ix;
11055
11056 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
11057 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
11058 {
11059 decref_bp_location (&loc);
11060 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
11061 --ix;
11062 }
11063 }
11064
11065 static void
11066 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
11067 {
11068 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11069
11070 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11071 update_global_location_list (inserting);
11072 }
11073
11074 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
11075
11076 static void
11077 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
11078 {
11079 bpstat bs;
11080
11081 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
11082 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
11083 {
11084 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
11085 bs->old_val = NULL;
11086 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
11087 }
11088 }
11089
11090 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
11091 static int
11092 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
11093 {
11094 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
11095
11096 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
11097 return 0;
11098 }
11099
11100 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
11101 callbacks. */
11102
11103 static void
11104 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
11105 {
11106 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11107 struct value_print_options opts;
11108
11109 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11110
11111 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
11112 single string. */
11113 if (b->loc == NULL)
11114 {
11115 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
11116 }
11117 else
11118 {
11119 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
11120 {
11121 printf_filtered (" at ");
11122 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
11123 gdb_stdout);
11124 }
11125 if (b->loc->source_file)
11126 {
11127 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
11128 more nicely. */
11129 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
11130 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
11131 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
11132 else
11133 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
11134 different file name, and this at least reflects the
11135 real situation somewhat. */
11136 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
11137 }
11138
11139 if (b->loc->next)
11140 {
11141 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11142 int n = 0;
11143 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11144 ++n;
11145 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
11146 }
11147 }
11148 }
11149
11150 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
11151
11152 static void
11153 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
11154 {
11155 xfree (self->cond);
11156 xfree (self->function_name);
11157 xfree (self->source_file);
11158 }
11159
11160 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
11161 {
11162 bp_location_dtor
11163 };
11164
11165 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
11166 inherit from. */
11167
11168 static void
11169 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
11170 {
11171 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
11172 xfree (self->cond_string);
11173 xfree (self->addr_string);
11174 xfree (self->filter);
11175 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
11176 }
11177
11178 static struct bp_location *
11179 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
11180 {
11181 struct bp_location *loc;
11182
11183 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
11184 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
11185 return loc;
11186 }
11187
11188 static void
11189 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11190 {
11191 /* Nothing to re-set. */
11192 }
11193
11194 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
11195 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
11196
11197 static int
11198 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11199 {
11200 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11201 }
11202
11203 static int
11204 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11205 {
11206 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11207 }
11208
11209 static int
11210 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11211 struct address_space *aspace,
11212 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11213 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11214 {
11215 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11216 }
11217
11218 static void
11219 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
11220 {
11221 /* Always stop. */
11222 }
11223
11224 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11225 errors. */
11226
11227 static int
11228 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
11229 {
11230 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11231 }
11232
11233 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11234 errors. */
11235
11236 static int
11237 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
11238 {
11239 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11240 }
11241
11242 static enum print_stop_action
11243 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
11244 {
11245 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11246 }
11247
11248 static void
11249 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11250 struct ui_out *uiout)
11251 {
11252 /* nothing */
11253 }
11254
11255 static void
11256 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11257 {
11258 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11259 }
11260
11261 static void
11262 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11263 {
11264 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11265 }
11266
11267 static void
11268 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11269 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11270 enum bptype type_wanted,
11271 char *addr_start,
11272 char **copy_arg)
11273 {
11274 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11275 }
11276
11277 static void
11278 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11279 struct linespec_result *c,
11280 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11281 char *cond_string,
11282 enum bptype type_wanted,
11283 enum bpdisp disposition,
11284 int thread,
11285 int task, int ignore_count,
11286 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
11287 int from_tty, int enabled,
11288 int internal)
11289 {
11290 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11291 }
11292
11293 static void
11294 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11295 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11296 {
11297 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11298 }
11299
11300 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
11301 {
11302 base_breakpoint_dtor,
11303 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
11304 base_breakpoint_re_set,
11305 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
11306 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
11307 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
11308 base_breakpoint_check_status,
11309 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
11310 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
11311 base_breakpoint_print_it,
11312 NULL,
11313 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
11314 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
11315 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
11316 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
11317 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
11318 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
11319 };
11320
11321 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
11322
11323 static void
11324 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11325 {
11326 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
11327 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
11328 {
11329 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11330 delete_breakpoint (b);
11331 return;
11332 }
11333
11334 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11335 }
11336
11337 static int
11338 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11339 {
11340 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
11341 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
11342 &bl->target_info);
11343 else
11344 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
11345 &bl->target_info);
11346 }
11347
11348 static int
11349 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11350 {
11351 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
11352 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
11353 else
11354 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
11355 }
11356
11357 static int
11358 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11359 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11360 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11361 {
11362 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
11363
11364 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
11365 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11366 return 0;
11367
11368 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
11369 aspace, bp_addr))
11370 return 0;
11371
11372 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
11373 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
11374 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
11375 return 0;
11376
11377 return 1;
11378 }
11379
11380 static int
11381 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
11382 {
11383 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
11384
11385 return 1;
11386 }
11387
11388 static enum print_stop_action
11389 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11390 {
11391 struct breakpoint *b;
11392 const struct bp_location *bl;
11393 int bp_temp;
11394 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11395
11396 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
11397
11398 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
11399 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11400
11401 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11402 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
11403 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
11404 bl->address,
11405 b->number, 1);
11406 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
11407 if (bp_temp)
11408 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11409 else
11410 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
11411 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11412 {
11413 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11414 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11415 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11416 }
11417 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11418 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
11419
11420 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11421 }
11422
11423 static void
11424 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11425 {
11426 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11427 return;
11428
11429 switch (b->type)
11430 {
11431 case bp_breakpoint:
11432 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11433 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
11434 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11435 else
11436 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11437 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11438 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
11439 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11440 break;
11441 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11442 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
11443 break;
11444 }
11445
11446 say_where (b);
11447 }
11448
11449 static void
11450 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
11451 {
11452 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11453 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11454 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11455 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11456 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11457 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11458 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11459 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11460 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11461 else
11462 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11463 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11464
11465 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11466 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
11467 }
11468
11469 static void
11470 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11471 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11472 enum bptype type_wanted,
11473 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11474 {
11475 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11476 addr_start, copy_arg);
11477 }
11478
11479 static void
11480 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11481 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11482 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11483 char *cond_string,
11484 enum bptype type_wanted,
11485 enum bpdisp disposition,
11486 int thread,
11487 int task, int ignore_count,
11488 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11489 int from_tty, int enabled,
11490 int internal)
11491 {
11492 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11493 cond_string, type_wanted,
11494 disposition, thread, task,
11495 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11496 enabled, internal);
11497 }
11498
11499 static void
11500 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11501 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11502 {
11503 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11504 }
11505
11506 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11507
11508 static void
11509 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11510 {
11511 switch (b->type)
11512 {
11513 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11514 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11515 case bp_overlay_event:
11516 case bp_longjmp_master:
11517 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11518 case bp_exception_master:
11519 delete_breakpoint (b);
11520 break;
11521
11522 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11523 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11524 case bp_shlib_event:
11525
11526 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11527 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11528 case bp_thread_event:
11529 break;
11530 }
11531 }
11532
11533 static void
11534 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11535 {
11536 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
11537 {
11538 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
11539 events. This allows the user to get control and place
11540 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
11541 objects (among other things). */
11542 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
11543 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
11544 }
11545 else
11546 bs->stop = 0;
11547 }
11548
11549 static enum print_stop_action
11550 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11551 {
11552 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11553 struct breakpoint *b;
11554
11555 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11556
11557 switch (b->type)
11558 {
11559 case bp_shlib_event:
11560 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11561 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11562 to shlib event" message.) */
11563 print_solib_event (0);
11564 break;
11565
11566 case bp_thread_event:
11567 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11568 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11569 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11570 break;
11571
11572 case bp_overlay_event:
11573 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11574 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11575 break;
11576
11577 case bp_longjmp_master:
11578 /* These should never be enabled. */
11579 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11580 break;
11581
11582 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11583 /* These should never be enabled. */
11584 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11585 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11586 break;
11587
11588 case bp_exception_master:
11589 /* These should never be enabled. */
11590 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11591 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11592 break;
11593 }
11594
11595 return PRINT_NOTHING;
11596 }
11597
11598 static void
11599 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11600 {
11601 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11602 }
11603
11604 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11605
11606 static void
11607 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11608 {
11609 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11610 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11611 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11612 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11613 }
11614
11615 static void
11616 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11617 {
11618 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11619 }
11620
11621 static enum print_stop_action
11622 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11623 {
11624 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11625
11626 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11627 {
11628 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11629
11630 switch (b->type)
11631 {
11632 case bp_finish:
11633 ui_out_field_string
11634 (uiout, "reason",
11635 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
11636 break;
11637
11638 case bp_until:
11639 ui_out_field_string
11640 (uiout, "reason",
11641 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
11642 break;
11643 }
11644 }
11645
11646 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11647 }
11648
11649 static void
11650 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11651 {
11652 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11653 }
11654
11655 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11656
11657 static void
11658 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11659 {
11660 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11661 }
11662
11663 static int
11664 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11665 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11666 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11667 {
11668 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11669 tracepoints. */
11670 return 0;
11671 }
11672
11673 static void
11674 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11675 struct ui_out *uiout)
11676 {
11677 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11678 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
11679 {
11680 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
11681
11682 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
11683 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11684 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11685 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11686 }
11687 }
11688
11689 static void
11690 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11691 {
11692 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11693 return;
11694
11695 switch (b->type)
11696 {
11697 case bp_tracepoint:
11698 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11699 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11700 break;
11701 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11702 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11703 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11704 break;
11705 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11706 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11707 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11708 break;
11709 default:
11710 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11711 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
11712 }
11713
11714 say_where (b);
11715 }
11716
11717 static void
11718 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
11719 {
11720 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11721
11722 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11723 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11724 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11725 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11726 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
11727 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11728 else
11729 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11730 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
11731
11732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
11733 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
11734
11735 if (tp->pass_count)
11736 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11737 }
11738
11739 static void
11740 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11741 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11742 enum bptype type_wanted,
11743 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11744 {
11745 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11746 addr_start, copy_arg);
11747 }
11748
11749 static void
11750 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11751 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11752 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11753 char *cond_string,
11754 enum bptype type_wanted,
11755 enum bpdisp disposition,
11756 int thread,
11757 int task, int ignore_count,
11758 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11759 int from_tty, int enabled,
11760 int internal)
11761 {
11762 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11763 cond_string, type_wanted,
11764 disposition, thread, task,
11765 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11766 enabled, internal);
11767 }
11768
11769 static void
11770 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11771 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11772 {
11773 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11774 }
11775
11776 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
11777
11778 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
11779 markers (`-m'). */
11780
11781 static void
11782 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11783 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11784 enum bptype type_wanted,
11785 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11786 {
11787 struct linespec_sals lsal;
11788
11789 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
11790
11791 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
11792
11793 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11794 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11795 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
11796 }
11797
11798 static void
11799 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11800 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11801 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11802 char *cond_string,
11803 enum bptype type_wanted,
11804 enum bpdisp disposition,
11805 int thread,
11806 int task, int ignore_count,
11807 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11808 int from_tty, int enabled,
11809 int internal)
11810 {
11811 int i;
11812
11813 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
11814 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
11815 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
11816 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
11817 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
11818 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
11819
11820 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
11821 {
11822 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
11823 struct tracepoint *tp;
11824 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11825 char *addr_string;
11826
11827 expanded.nelts = 1;
11828 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
11829
11830 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
11831 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
11832
11833 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
11834 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
11835 addr_string, NULL,
11836 cond_string, type_wanted, disposition,
11837 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
11838 from_tty, enabled, internal,
11839 canonical->special_display);
11840 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
11841 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
11842 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
11843 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
11844 try to match up which of the newly found markers
11845 corresponds to this one */
11846 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
11847
11848 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
11849
11850 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11851 }
11852 }
11853
11854 static void
11855 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11856 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11857 {
11858 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11859
11860 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
11861 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11862 {
11863 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11864 sals->nelts = 1;
11865 }
11866 else
11867 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11868 }
11869
11870 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11871
11872 static int
11873 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
11874 {
11875 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11876 }
11877
11878 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11879 structures. */
11880
11881 void
11882 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11883 {
11884 struct breakpoint *b;
11885
11886 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
11887
11888 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11889 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11890 especial culprits.
11891
11892 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11893 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11894 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11895 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11896 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11897 deleted.
11898
11899 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11900 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11901 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11902 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11903 was chosen. */
11904 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
11905 return;
11906
11907 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11908 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11909 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
11910 {
11911 struct breakpoint *related;
11912 struct watchpoint *w;
11913
11914 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11915 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
11916 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11917 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
11918 else
11919 w = NULL;
11920 if (w != NULL)
11921 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
11922
11923 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11924 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
11925 related = related->related_breakpoint);
11926 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
11927 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
11928 }
11929
11930 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11931 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11932 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11933 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11934 if (bpt->number)
11935 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
11936
11937 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
11938 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
11939
11940 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11941 if (b->next == bpt)
11942 {
11943 b->next = bpt->next;
11944 break;
11945 }
11946
11947 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11948 been freed. */
11949 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11950 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11951 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11952 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11953 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11954 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11955 commands won't work. */
11956
11957 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
11958
11959 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11960 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11961 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11962 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11963 might be better design to have location completely
11964 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11965 update_global_location_list (0);
11966
11967 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
11968 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11969 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11970 bpt->type = bp_none;
11971 xfree (bpt);
11972 }
11973
11974 static void
11975 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
11976 {
11977 delete_breakpoint (b);
11978 }
11979
11980 struct cleanup *
11981 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11982 {
11983 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
11984 }
11985
11986 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11987 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11988
11989 static void
11990 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
11991 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11992 void *),
11993 void *data)
11994 {
11995 struct breakpoint *related;
11996
11997 related = b;
11998 do
11999 {
12000 struct breakpoint *next;
12001
12002 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
12003 next = related->related_breakpoint;
12004
12005 if (next == related)
12006 {
12007 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
12008 function (related, data);
12009
12010 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
12011 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
12012 out. */
12013 break;
12014 }
12015 else
12016 function (related, data);
12017
12018 related = next;
12019 }
12020 while (related != b);
12021 }
12022
12023 static void
12024 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12025 {
12026 delete_breakpoint (b);
12027 }
12028
12029 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12030 delete_breakpoint. */
12031
12032 static void
12033 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12034 {
12035 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12036 }
12037
12038 void
12039 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12040 {
12041 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12042
12043 dont_repeat ();
12044
12045 if (arg == 0)
12046 {
12047 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12048
12049 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
12050 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
12051 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
12052 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12053 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
12054 {
12055 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12056 break;
12057 }
12058
12059 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12060 if (!from_tty
12061 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
12062 {
12063 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12064 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
12065 delete_breakpoint (b);
12066 }
12067 }
12068 else
12069 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12070 }
12071
12072 static int
12073 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
12074 {
12075 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12076 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
12077 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12078 return 0;
12079 return 1;
12080 }
12081
12082 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
12083 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
12084 Null names are ignored. */
12085
12086 static int
12087 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
12088 {
12089 struct bp_location *l;
12090 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
12091 (int (*) (const void *,
12092 const void *)) streq,
12093 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
12094
12095 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
12096 {
12097 const char **slot;
12098 const char *name = l->function_name;
12099
12100 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
12101 if (name == NULL)
12102 continue;
12103
12104 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
12105 INSERT);
12106 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
12107 returns NULL. */
12108 if (*slot != NULL)
12109 {
12110 htab_delete (htab);
12111 return 1;
12112 }
12113 *slot = name;
12114 }
12115
12116 htab_delete (htab);
12117 return 0;
12118 }
12119
12120 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
12121 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
12122 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
12123 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
12124 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
12125 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
12126 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
12127 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
12128 The heuristic is:
12129
12130 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
12131 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
12132 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
12133 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
12134 in the sources, and output a warning.
12135
12136 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
12137 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
12138 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
12139 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
12140 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
12141 warning.
12142
12143 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
12144 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
12145 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
12146 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
12147 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
12148 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
12149 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
12150 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
12151 precisely because it confuses tools). */
12152
12153 static struct symtab_and_line
12154 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
12155 {
12156 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12157 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
12158 CORE_ADDR pc;
12159 int i;
12160
12161 pc = sal.pc;
12162 if (sal.line)
12163 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
12164
12165 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
12166 {
12167 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
12168 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
12169 b->number,
12170 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
12171
12172 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12173 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
12174 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
12175
12176 return sal;
12177 }
12178
12179 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
12180 by string ID. */
12181 if (!sal.explicit_pc
12182 && sal.line != 0
12183 && sal.symtab != NULL
12184 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
12185 {
12186 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
12187
12188 markers
12189 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12190
12191 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
12192 {
12193 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
12194 struct symbol *sym;
12195 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
12196 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12197
12198 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
12199
12200 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12201 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
12202
12203 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
12204 "found at previous line number"),
12205 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12206
12207 init_sal (&sal2);
12208
12209 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
12210
12211 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
12212 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
12213 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
12214 if (sym)
12215 {
12216 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
12217 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
12218 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
12219 }
12220 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
12221 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
12222
12223 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12224 {
12225 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
12226
12227 if (fullname)
12228 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
12229 }
12230
12231 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
12232 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
12233
12234 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
12235
12236 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
12237 if (sym)
12238 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
12239 else
12240 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
12241
12242 xfree (b->addr_string);
12243 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
12244 sal2.symtab->filename,
12245 b->loc->line_number);
12246
12247 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
12248 so. */
12249
12250 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
12251 }
12252 }
12253 return sal;
12254 }
12255
12256 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
12257 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
12258
12259 static int
12260 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
12261 {
12262 while (a && b)
12263 {
12264 if (a->address != b->address)
12265 return 0;
12266
12267 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
12268 return 0;
12269
12270 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
12271 return 0;
12272
12273 a = a->next;
12274 b = b->next;
12275 }
12276
12277 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
12278 return 0;
12279
12280 return 1;
12281 }
12282
12283 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
12284 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
12285 a ranged breakpoint. */
12286
12287 void
12288 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
12289 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
12290 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
12291 {
12292 int i;
12293 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
12294
12295 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
12296 {
12297 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
12298 location. */
12299 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12300 update_global_location_list (1);
12301 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
12302 "multiple locations found\n"),
12303 b->number);
12304 return;
12305 }
12306
12307 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
12308 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
12309 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
12310 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
12311 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
12312 individual locations. */
12313 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
12314 return;
12315
12316 b->loc = NULL;
12317
12318 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
12319 {
12320 struct bp_location *new_loc;
12321
12322 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
12323
12324 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
12325
12326 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
12327 old symtab. */
12328 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
12329 {
12330 char *s;
12331 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12332
12333 s = b->cond_string;
12334 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12335 {
12336 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
12337 0);
12338 }
12339 if (e.reason < 0)
12340 {
12341 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
12342 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
12343 b->number, e.message);
12344 new_loc->enabled = 0;
12345 }
12346 }
12347
12348 if (sals_end.nelts)
12349 {
12350 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
12351
12352 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
12353 }
12354 }
12355
12356 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
12357 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12358 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
12359
12360 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
12361 breakpoints. */
12362 {
12363 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
12364 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
12365 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
12366 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
12367 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
12368 often enough until a better solution is found. */
12369 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
12370
12371 for (; e; e = e->next)
12372 {
12373 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
12374 {
12375 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
12376 if (have_ambiguous_names)
12377 {
12378 for (; l; l = l->next)
12379 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
12380 {
12381 l->enabled = 0;
12382 break;
12383 }
12384 }
12385 else
12386 {
12387 for (; l; l = l->next)
12388 if (l->function_name
12389 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
12390 {
12391 l->enabled = 0;
12392 break;
12393 }
12394 }
12395 }
12396 }
12397 }
12398
12399 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
12400 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12401
12402 update_global_location_list (1);
12403 }
12404
12405 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
12406 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
12407
12408 static struct symtabs_and_lines
12409 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
12410 {
12411 char *s;
12412 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
12413 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12414
12415 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
12416 s = addr_string;
12417
12418 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12419 {
12420 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
12421 }
12422 if (e.reason < 0)
12423 {
12424 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
12425 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
12426 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
12427 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
12428 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
12429 state, then user already saw the message about that
12430 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
12431 errors. */
12432 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
12433 && (b->condition_not_parsed
12434 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
12435 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12436 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
12437 not_found_and_ok = 1;
12438
12439 if (!not_found_and_ok)
12440 {
12441 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
12442 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
12443 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
12444 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
12445 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
12446 which approach is better. */
12447 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12448 throw_exception (e);
12449 }
12450 }
12451
12452 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
12453 {
12454 int i;
12455
12456 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
12457 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
12458 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
12459 {
12460 char *cond_string = 0;
12461 int thread = -1;
12462 int task = 0;
12463
12464 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
12465 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
12466 if (cond_string)
12467 b->cond_string = cond_string;
12468 b->thread = thread;
12469 b->task = task;
12470 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
12471 }
12472
12473 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
12474 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
12475
12476 *found = 1;
12477 }
12478 else
12479 *found = 0;
12480
12481 return sals;
12482 }
12483
12484 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12485 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12486 locations. */
12487
12488 static void
12489 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
12490 {
12491 int found;
12492 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
12493 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
12494 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
12495
12496 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
12497 if (found)
12498 {
12499 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12500 expanded = sals;
12501 }
12502
12503 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
12504 {
12505 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
12506 if (found)
12507 {
12508 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
12509 expanded_end = sals_end;
12510 }
12511 }
12512
12513 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
12514 }
12515
12516 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
12517 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
12518
12519 static void
12520 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
12521 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12522 enum bptype type_wanted,
12523 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12524 {
12525 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
12526 }
12527
12528 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
12529 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
12530 breakpoint_ops. */
12531
12532 static void
12533 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12534 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12535 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12536 char *cond_string,
12537 enum bptype type_wanted,
12538 enum bpdisp disposition,
12539 int thread,
12540 int task, int ignore_count,
12541 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12542 int from_tty, int enabled,
12543 int internal)
12544 {
12545 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
12546 type_wanted, disposition,
12547 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12548 enabled, internal);
12549 }
12550
12551 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
12552 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
12553
12554 static void
12555 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12556 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12557 {
12558 struct linespec_result canonical;
12559
12560 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
12561 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
12562 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
12563 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
12564 b->filter);
12565
12566 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
12567 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
12568
12569 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
12570 {
12571 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
12572
12573 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
12574 *sals = lsal->sals;
12575 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
12576 contents. */
12577 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
12578 }
12579
12580 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
12581 }
12582
12583 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
12584
12585 static struct cleanup *
12586 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
12587 {
12588 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12589
12590 input_radix = b->input_radix;
12591 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12592 if (b->pspace != NULL)
12593 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
12594 set_language (b->language);
12595
12596 return cleanups;
12597 }
12598
12599 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
12600 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
12601 Unused in this case. */
12602
12603 static int
12604 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
12605 {
12606 /* Get past catch_errs. */
12607 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
12608 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12609
12610 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
12611 b->ops->re_set (b);
12612 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12613 return 0;
12614 }
12615
12616 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
12617 void
12618 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12619 {
12620 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12621 enum language save_language;
12622 int save_input_radix;
12623 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12624
12625 save_language = current_language->la_language;
12626 save_input_radix = input_radix;
12627 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
12628
12629 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12630 {
12631 /* Format possible error msg. */
12632 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12633 b->number);
12634 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
12635 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
12636 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12637 }
12638 set_language (save_language);
12639 input_radix = save_input_radix;
12640
12641 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12642
12643 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12644
12645 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12646 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12647 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12648 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12649
12650 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
12651 skip_re_set ();
12652 }
12653 \f
12654 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12655
12656 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12657 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12658 void
12659 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
12660 {
12661 if (b->thread != -1)
12662 {
12663 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
12664 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
12665
12666 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12667 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12668 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12669 as well. */
12670 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
12671 }
12672 }
12673
12674 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12675 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12676 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12677
12678 void
12679 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
12680 {
12681 struct breakpoint *b;
12682
12683 if (count < 0)
12684 count = 0;
12685
12686 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12687 if (b->number == bptnum)
12688 {
12689 if (is_tracepoint (b))
12690 {
12691 if (from_tty && count != 0)
12692 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12693 bptnum);
12694 return;
12695 }
12696
12697 b->ignore_count = count;
12698 if (from_tty)
12699 {
12700 if (count == 0)
12701 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12702 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12703 bptnum);
12704 else if (count == 1)
12705 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12706 bptnum);
12707 else
12708 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12709 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12710 count, bptnum);
12711 }
12712 breakpoints_changed ();
12713 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12714 return;
12715 }
12716
12717 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
12718 }
12719
12720 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12721
12722 static void
12723 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12724 {
12725 char *p = args;
12726 int num;
12727
12728 if (p == 0)
12729 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12730
12731 num = get_number (&p);
12732 if (num == 0)
12733 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
12734 if (*p == 0)
12735 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12736
12737 set_ignore_count (num,
12738 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
12739 from_tty);
12740 if (from_tty)
12741 printf_filtered ("\n");
12742 }
12743 \f
12744 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12745 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12746
12747 static void
12748 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12749 void *),
12750 void *data)
12751 {
12752 int num;
12753 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
12754 int match;
12755 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12756
12757 if (args == 0)
12758 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12759
12760 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12761
12762 while (!state.finished)
12763 {
12764 char *p = state.string;
12765
12766 match = 0;
12767
12768 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
12769 if (num == 0)
12770 {
12771 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
12772 }
12773 else
12774 {
12775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
12776 if (b->number == num)
12777 {
12778 match = 1;
12779 function (b, data);
12780 break;
12781 }
12782 if (match == 0)
12783 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
12784 }
12785 }
12786 }
12787
12788 static struct bp_location *
12789 find_location_by_number (char *number)
12790 {
12791 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
12792 char *p1;
12793 int bp_num;
12794 int loc_num;
12795 struct breakpoint *b;
12796 struct bp_location *loc;
12797
12798 *dot = '\0';
12799
12800 p1 = number;
12801 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
12802 if (bp_num == 0)
12803 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12804
12805 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12806 if (b->number == bp_num)
12807 {
12808 break;
12809 }
12810
12811 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
12812 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12813
12814 p1 = dot+1;
12815 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
12816 if (loc_num == 0)
12817 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
12818
12819 --loc_num;
12820 loc = b->loc;
12821 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
12822 ;
12823 if (!loc)
12824 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
12825
12826 return loc;
12827 }
12828
12829
12830 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12831 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12832 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12833
12834 void
12835 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12836 {
12837 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12838 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12839 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12840 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12841 return;
12842
12843 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12844 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12845 return;
12846
12847 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12848
12849 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12850 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12851 {
12852 struct bp_location *location;
12853
12854 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12855 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
12856 }
12857
12858 update_global_location_list (0);
12859
12860 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12861 }
12862
12863 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12864
12865 static void
12866 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12867 {
12868 disable_breakpoint (b);
12869 }
12870
12871 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12872 disable_breakpoint. */
12873
12874 static void
12875 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12876 {
12877 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12878 }
12879
12880 static void
12881 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12882 {
12883 if (args == 0)
12884 {
12885 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12886
12887 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12888 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12889 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
12890 }
12891 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12892 {
12893 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12894 if (loc)
12895 {
12896 loc->enabled = 0;
12897 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12898 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12899 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12900 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
12901 }
12902 update_global_location_list (0);
12903 }
12904 else
12905 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12906 }
12907
12908 static void
12909 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
12910 int count)
12911 {
12912 int target_resources_ok;
12913
12914 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12915 {
12916 int i;
12917 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12918 target_resources_ok =
12919 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
12920 i + 1, 0);
12921 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
12922 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12923 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
12924 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12925 }
12926
12927 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
12928 {
12929 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12930 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
12931 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12932
12933 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12934 {
12935 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12936
12937 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
12938 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12939 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
12940 }
12941 if (e.reason < 0)
12942 {
12943 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
12944 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12945 bpt->number);
12946 return;
12947 }
12948 }
12949
12950 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12951 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12952
12953 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12954 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12955 {
12956 struct bp_location *location;
12957
12958 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12959 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
12960 }
12961
12962 bpt->disposition = disposition;
12963 bpt->enable_count = count;
12964 update_global_location_list (1);
12965 breakpoints_changed ();
12966
12967 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12968 }
12969
12970
12971 void
12972 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12973 {
12974 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
12975 }
12976
12977 static void
12978 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12979 {
12980 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12981 }
12982
12983 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12984 enable_breakpoint. */
12985
12986 static void
12987 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12988 {
12989 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12990 }
12991
12992 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12993 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12994 in stopping the inferior. */
12995
12996 static void
12997 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12998 {
12999 if (args == 0)
13000 {
13001 struct breakpoint *bpt;
13002
13003 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
13004 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
13005 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
13006 }
13007 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
13008 {
13009 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
13010 if (loc)
13011 {
13012 loc->enabled = 1;
13013 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13014 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
13015 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
13016 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
13017 }
13018 update_global_location_list (1);
13019 }
13020 else
13021 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
13022 }
13023
13024 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
13025 breakpoints. */
13026
13027 struct disp_data
13028 {
13029 enum bpdisp disp;
13030 int count;
13031 };
13032
13033 static void
13034 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
13035 {
13036 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
13037
13038 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
13039 }
13040
13041 static void
13042 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
13043 {
13044 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
13045
13046 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13047 }
13048
13049 static void
13050 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13051 {
13052 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
13053 }
13054
13055 static void
13056 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
13057 {
13058 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
13059
13060 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13061 }
13062
13063 static void
13064 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13065 {
13066 int count = get_number (&args);
13067
13068 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
13069 }
13070
13071 static void
13072 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
13073 {
13074 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
13075
13076 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13077 }
13078
13079 static void
13080 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13081 {
13082 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13083 }
13084 \f
13085 static void
13086 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
13087 {
13088 }
13089
13090 static void
13091 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
13092 {
13093 }
13094
13095 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
13096 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
13097 GDB itself. */
13098
13099 static void
13100 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
13101 const bfd_byte *data)
13102 {
13103 struct breakpoint *bp;
13104
13105 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
13106 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
13107 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
13108 {
13109 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
13110
13111 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
13112 {
13113 struct bp_location *loc;
13114
13115 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13116 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
13117 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
13118 && addr + len > loc->address)
13119 {
13120 value_free (wp->val);
13121 wp->val = NULL;
13122 wp->val_valid = 0;
13123 }
13124 }
13125 }
13126 }
13127
13128 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
13129 if they aren't valid. */
13130
13131 struct symtabs_and_lines
13132 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
13133 {
13134 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
13135
13136 if (string == 0)
13137 error (_("Empty line specification."));
13138 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
13139 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
13140 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
13141 get_last_displayed_line ());
13142 else
13143 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
13144 if (*string)
13145 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
13146 return sals;
13147 }
13148
13149 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
13150 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
13151 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
13152 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
13153 someday. */
13154
13155 void *
13156 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13157 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
13158 {
13159 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
13160
13161 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
13162
13163 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
13164 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
13165
13166 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
13167 {
13168 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
13169 xfree (bp_tgt);
13170 return NULL;
13171 }
13172
13173 return bp_tgt;
13174 }
13175
13176 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
13177 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
13178
13179 int
13180 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
13181 {
13182 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
13183 int ret;
13184
13185 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13186 xfree (bp_tgt);
13187
13188 return ret;
13189 }
13190
13191 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
13192 stepping. */
13193
13194 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
13195 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
13196
13197 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
13198
13199 void
13200 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13201 struct address_space *aspace,
13202 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
13203 {
13204 void **bpt_p;
13205
13206 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
13207 {
13208 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
13209 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
13210 }
13211 else
13212 {
13213 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
13214 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
13215 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
13216 }
13217
13218 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
13219 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
13220 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
13221 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
13222 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
13223 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
13224
13225 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
13226 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
13227 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
13228 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
13229 }
13230
13231 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
13232 were inserted or not. */
13233
13234 int
13235 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
13236 {
13237 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
13238 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
13239 }
13240
13241 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
13242
13243 void
13244 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13245 {
13246 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
13247
13248 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
13249 call. */
13250 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
13251 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
13252 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
13253 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
13254
13255 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
13256 {
13257 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
13258 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
13259 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
13260 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
13261 }
13262 }
13263
13264 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
13265 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
13266 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
13267 exec. */
13268
13269 void
13270 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13271 {
13272 int i;
13273
13274 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
13275 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
13276 {
13277 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
13278 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
13279 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
13280 }
13281 }
13282
13283 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
13284 removing them. */
13285
13286 static void
13287 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13288 {
13289 int i;
13290
13291 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
13292 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
13293 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
13294 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
13295 }
13296
13297 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
13298 PC. */
13299
13300 static int
13301 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
13302 CORE_ADDR pc)
13303 {
13304 int i;
13305
13306 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
13307 {
13308 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
13309 if (bp_tgt
13310 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
13311 bp_tgt->placed_address,
13312 aspace, pc))
13313 return 1;
13314 }
13315
13316 return 0;
13317 }
13318
13319 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
13320 non-zero otherwise. */
13321 static int
13322 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
13323 {
13324 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
13325 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
13326 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
13327 return 1;
13328 else
13329 return 0;
13330 }
13331
13332 int
13333 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
13334 {
13335 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
13336
13337 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
13338 }
13339
13340 int
13341 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
13342 {
13343 struct breakpoint *bp;
13344
13345 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
13346 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
13347 {
13348 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
13349
13350 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
13351 {
13352 int i, iter;
13353 for (i = 0;
13354 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
13355 i++)
13356 if (syscall_number == iter)
13357 return 1;
13358 }
13359 else
13360 return 1;
13361 }
13362
13363 return 0;
13364 }
13365
13366 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
13367 static char **
13368 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13369 char *text, char *word)
13370 {
13371 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
13372 char **retlist
13373 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
13374
13375 xfree (list);
13376 return retlist;
13377 }
13378
13379 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
13380
13381 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
13382 static void
13383 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
13384 {
13385 tracepoint_count = num;
13386 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
13387 }
13388
13389 void
13390 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13391 {
13392 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13393 arg,
13394 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13395 0 /* tempflag */,
13396 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13397 0 /* Ignore count */,
13398 pending_break_support,
13399 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13400 from_tty,
13401 1 /* enabled */,
13402 0 /* internal */))
13403 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13404 }
13405
13406 void
13407 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13408 {
13409 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13410 arg,
13411 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13412 0 /* tempflag */,
13413 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13414 0 /* Ignore count */,
13415 pending_break_support,
13416 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13417 from_tty,
13418 1 /* enabled */,
13419 0 /* internal */))
13420 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13421 }
13422
13423 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
13424
13425 void
13426 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13427 {
13428 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13429
13430 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
13431 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
13432 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
13433 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13434 else
13435 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13436
13437 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13438 arg,
13439 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13440 0 /* tempflag */,
13441 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13442 0 /* Ignore count */,
13443 pending_break_support,
13444 ops,
13445 from_tty,
13446 1 /* enabled */,
13447 0 /* internal */))
13448 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13449 }
13450
13451 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
13452 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
13453
13454 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
13455 static int next_cmd;
13456
13457 static char *
13458 read_uploaded_action (void)
13459 {
13460 char *rslt;
13461
13462 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
13463
13464 next_cmd++;
13465
13466 return rslt;
13467 }
13468
13469 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
13470 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
13471 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
13472 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
13473 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
13474
13475 struct tracepoint *
13476 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
13477 {
13478 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
13479 struct tracepoint *tp;
13480
13481 if (utp->at_string)
13482 addr_str = utp->at_string;
13483 else
13484 {
13485 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
13486 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
13487 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
13488 user. */
13489 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
13490 "source location, using raw address"),
13491 utp->number);
13492 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
13493 addr_str = small_buf;
13494 }
13495
13496 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
13497 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
13498 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
13499 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
13500 utp->number);
13501
13502 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13503 addr_str,
13504 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
13505 0 /* tempflag */,
13506 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
13507 0 /* Ignore count */,
13508 pending_break_support,
13509 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13510 0 /* from_tty */,
13511 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
13512 0 /* internal */))
13513 return NULL;
13514
13515 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13516
13517 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
13518 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
13519 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
13520
13521 if (utp->pass > 0)
13522 {
13523 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
13524
13525 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
13526 }
13527
13528 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
13529 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
13530 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
13531 function. */
13532 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
13533 {
13534 struct command_line *cmd_list;
13535
13536 this_utp = utp;
13537 next_cmd = 0;
13538
13539 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
13540
13541 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
13542 }
13543 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
13544 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
13545 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
13546 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
13547 utp->number);
13548
13549 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
13550 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
13551 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
13552
13553 return tp;
13554 }
13555
13556 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
13557 omitted. */
13558
13559 static void
13560 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
13561 {
13562 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13563 int num_printed;
13564
13565 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
13566
13567 if (num_printed == 0)
13568 {
13569 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
13570 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
13571 else
13572 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
13573 }
13574
13575 default_collect_info ();
13576 }
13577
13578 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13579 Not supported by all targets. */
13580 static void
13581 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13582 {
13583 enable_command (args, from_tty);
13584 }
13585
13586 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13587 Not supported by all targets. */
13588 static void
13589 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13590 {
13591 disable_command (args, from_tty);
13592 }
13593
13594 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
13595 static void
13596 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13597 {
13598 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13599
13600 dont_repeat ();
13601
13602 if (arg == 0)
13603 {
13604 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13605
13606 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
13607 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
13608 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
13609 argument. */
13610 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13611 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13612 {
13613 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13614 break;
13615 }
13616
13617 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13618 if (!from_tty
13619 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
13620 {
13621 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13622 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13623 delete_breakpoint (b);
13624 }
13625 }
13626 else
13627 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13628 }
13629
13630 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
13631
13632 static void
13633 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
13634 {
13635 tp->pass_count = count;
13636 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
13637 if (from_tty)
13638 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13639 tp->base.number, count);
13640 }
13641
13642 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13643
13644 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13645 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13646 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13647
13648 static void
13649 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13650 {
13651 struct tracepoint *t1;
13652 unsigned int count;
13653
13654 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
13655 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13656 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13657
13658 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13659
13660 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
13661 args++;
13662
13663 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
13664 {
13665 struct breakpoint *b;
13666
13667 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13668 if (*args)
13669 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13670
13671 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13672 {
13673 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13674 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13675 }
13676 }
13677 else if (*args == '\0')
13678 {
13679 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
13680 if (t1)
13681 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13682 }
13683 else
13684 {
13685 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13686
13687 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13688 while (!state.finished)
13689 {
13690 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
13691 if (t1)
13692 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13693 }
13694 }
13695 }
13696
13697 struct tracepoint *
13698 get_tracepoint (int num)
13699 {
13700 struct breakpoint *t;
13701
13702 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13703 if (t->number == num)
13704 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13705
13706 return NULL;
13707 }
13708
13709 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13710 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13711 reconnecting). */
13712
13713 struct tracepoint *
13714 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
13715 {
13716 struct breakpoint *b;
13717
13718 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13719 {
13720 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13721
13722 if (t->number_on_target == num)
13723 return t;
13724 }
13725
13726 return NULL;
13727 }
13728
13729 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13730 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13731 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13732 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13733 struct tracepoint *
13734 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
13735 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
13736 int optional_p)
13737 {
13738 extern int tracepoint_count;
13739 struct breakpoint *t;
13740 int tpnum;
13741 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
13742
13743 if (state)
13744 {
13745 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
13746 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
13747 }
13748 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
13749 {
13750 if (optional_p)
13751 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
13752 else
13753 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13754 }
13755 else
13756 tpnum = get_number (arg);
13757
13758 if (tpnum <= 0)
13759 {
13760 if (instring && *instring)
13761 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13762 instring);
13763 else
13764 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13765 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13766 return NULL;
13767 }
13768
13769 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13770 if (t->number == tpnum)
13771 {
13772 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13773 }
13774
13775 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
13776 return NULL;
13777 }
13778
13779 void
13780 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13781 {
13782 if (b->thread != -1)
13783 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
13784
13785 if (b->task != 0)
13786 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
13787
13788 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
13789 }
13790
13791 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13792 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13793 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13794 non-zero. */
13795
13796 static void
13797 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
13798 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
13799 {
13800 struct breakpoint *tp;
13801 int any = 0;
13802 char *pathname;
13803 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13804 struct ui_file *fp;
13805 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
13806
13807 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
13808 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13809
13810 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13811 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13812 {
13813 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13814 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13815 continue;
13816
13817 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13818 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13819 continue;
13820
13821 any = 1;
13822
13823 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
13824 {
13825 extra_trace_bits = 1;
13826
13827 /* We can stop searching. */
13828 break;
13829 }
13830 }
13831
13832 if (!any)
13833 {
13834 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13835 return;
13836 }
13837
13838 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
13839 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
13840 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
13841 if (!fp)
13842 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13843 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
13844 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
13845
13846 if (extra_trace_bits)
13847 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
13848
13849 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13850 {
13851 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13852 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13853 continue;
13854
13855 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13856 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13857 continue;
13858
13859 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
13860
13861 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13862 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13863 instead. */
13864
13865 if (tp->cond_string)
13866 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
13867
13868 if (tp->ignore_count)
13869 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
13870
13871 if (tp->commands)
13872 {
13873 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
13874
13875 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
13876
13877 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
13878 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13879 {
13880 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
13881 }
13882 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
13883
13884 if (ex.reason < 0)
13885 throw_exception (ex);
13886
13887 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
13888 }
13889
13890 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
13891 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
13892
13893 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13894 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13895 special, and not user visible. */
13896 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
13897 {
13898 struct bp_location *loc;
13899 int n = 1;
13900
13901 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
13902 if (!loc->enabled)
13903 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
13904 }
13905 }
13906
13907 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
13908 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
13909
13910 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13911 if (from_tty)
13912 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
13913 }
13914
13915 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13916
13917 static void
13918 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13919 {
13920 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
13921 }
13922
13923 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13924
13925 static void
13926 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13927 {
13928 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
13929 }
13930
13931 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13932
13933 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
13934 all_tracepoints (void)
13935 {
13936 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
13937 struct breakpoint *tp;
13938
13939 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
13940 {
13941 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
13942 }
13943
13944 return tp_vec;
13945 }
13946
13947 \f
13948 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13949 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13950 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13951 command. */
13952 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13953 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13954 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13955 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13956 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13957 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13958 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13959 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13960 \n\
13961 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13962 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13963 \n\
13964 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13965 conditions are different.\n\
13966 \n\
13967 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13968
13969 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13970 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
13971
13972 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13973 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
13974
13975 void
13976 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
13977 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
13978 struct cmd_list_element *command),
13979 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13980 char *text, char *word),
13981 void *user_data_catch,
13982 void *user_data_tcatch)
13983 {
13984 struct cmd_list_element *command;
13985
13986 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13987 &catch_cmdlist);
13988 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13989 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
13990 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13991
13992 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13993 &tcatch_cmdlist);
13994 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13995 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
13996 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13997 }
13998
13999 static void
14000 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
14001 {
14002 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
14003 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
14004 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
14005 }
14006
14007 static void
14008 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14009 {
14010 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
14011 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
14012 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
14013 }
14014
14015 struct breakpoint *
14016 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
14017 void *data)
14018 {
14019 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14020
14021 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14022 {
14023 if ((*callback) (b, data))
14024 return b;
14025 }
14026
14027 return NULL;
14028 }
14029
14030 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
14031 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
14032
14033 static int
14034 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
14035 {
14036 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
14037 non-inline function. */
14038 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
14039 return 1;
14040
14041 return 0;
14042 }
14043
14044 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
14045 have been inlined. */
14046
14047 int
14048 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
14049 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
14050 {
14051 struct breakpoint *b;
14052 struct bp_location *bl;
14053
14054 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14055 {
14056 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
14057 continue;
14058
14059 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
14060 {
14061 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
14062 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
14063 return 1;
14064 }
14065 }
14066
14067 return 0;
14068 }
14069
14070 void
14071 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
14072 {
14073 static int initialized = 0;
14074
14075 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14076
14077 if (initialized)
14078 return;
14079 initialized = 1;
14080
14081 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
14082 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
14083 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
14084 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14085 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14086 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
14087 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
14088 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
14089 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
14090 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
14091 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
14092 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
14093
14094 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
14095 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14096 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14097 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
14098 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
14099 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
14100 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
14101 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
14102
14103 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
14104 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
14105 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14106 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
14107 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
14108 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
14109 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
14110 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
14111 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
14112 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
14113
14114 /* Internal breakpoints. */
14115 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
14116 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14117 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
14118 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
14119 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
14120 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
14121
14122 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
14123 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
14124 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14125 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
14126 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
14127 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
14128 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
14129
14130 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
14131 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
14132 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14133 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
14134 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
14135 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
14136 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
14137
14138 /* Watchpoints. */
14139 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14140 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14141 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
14142 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
14143 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
14144 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
14145 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
14146 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
14147 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
14148 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
14149 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
14150 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
14151 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
14152
14153 /* Masked watchpoints. */
14154 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14155 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14156 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
14157 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
14158 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
14159 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
14160 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
14161 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
14162 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
14163 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
14164
14165 /* Tracepoints. */
14166 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14167 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14168 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
14169 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
14170 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
14171 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
14172 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
14173 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
14174 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
14175 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
14176
14177 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
14178 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14179 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14180 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
14181 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
14182 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
14183
14184 /* Fork catchpoints. */
14185 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
14186 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14187 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
14188 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
14189 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
14190 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
14191 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
14192 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
14193 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
14194
14195 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
14196 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
14197 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14198 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
14199 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
14200 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
14201 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
14202 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
14203 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
14204 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
14205
14206 /* Exec catchpoints. */
14207 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
14208 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14209 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
14210 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
14211 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
14212 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
14213 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
14214 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
14215 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
14216 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
14217
14218 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
14219 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
14220 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14221 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
14222 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
14223 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
14224 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
14225 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
14226 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
14227 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
14228 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
14229
14230 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
14231 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
14232 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14233 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
14234 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
14235 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
14236 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
14237 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
14238 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
14239 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
14240 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
14241 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
14242 }
14243
14244 void
14245 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
14246 {
14247 struct cmd_list_element *c;
14248
14249 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
14250
14251 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
14252 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
14253 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
14254
14255 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
14256
14257 breakpoint_chain = 0;
14258 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
14259 before a breakpoint is set. */
14260 breakpoint_count = 0;
14261
14262 tracepoint_count = 0;
14263
14264 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
14265 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
14266 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
14267 if (xdb_commands)
14268 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
14269
14270 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
14271 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
14272 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
14273 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
14274 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
14275 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
14276 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
14277 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
14278
14279 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
14280 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
14281 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
14282 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
14283
14284 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
14285 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
14286 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14287 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
14288 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
14289 \n"
14290 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
14291 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14292
14293 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
14294 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14295 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
14296 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
14297 \n"
14298 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
14299 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14300
14301 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
14302 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14303 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14304 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
14305 \n"
14306 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
14307 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14308
14309 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
14310 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
14311 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14312 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14313 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14314 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
14315 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
14316 if (xdb_commands)
14317 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
14318 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
14319 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14320 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14321 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14322 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
14323
14324 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
14325
14326 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
14327 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
14328 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14329 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14330 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
14331 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
14332
14333 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
14334 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14335 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14336 &enablebreaklist);
14337
14338 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
14339 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14340 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14341 &enablebreaklist);
14342
14343 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
14344 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
14345 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
14346 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
14347 &enablebreaklist);
14348
14349 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
14350 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14351 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14352 &enablelist);
14353
14354 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
14355 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14356 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14357 &enablelist);
14358
14359 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
14360 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
14361 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
14362 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
14363 &enablelist);
14364
14365 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
14366 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
14367 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14368 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14369 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
14370 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
14371 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
14372 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
14373 if (xdb_commands)
14374 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
14375 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
14376 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14377 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14378 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
14379
14380 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
14381 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
14382 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14383 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14384 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
14385 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
14386 &disablelist);
14387
14388 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
14389 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
14390 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14391 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14392 \n\
14393 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
14394 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
14395 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
14396 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
14397 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
14398 if (xdb_commands)
14399 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
14400 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
14401 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14402 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
14403
14404 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
14405 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
14406 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14407 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14408 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
14409 &deletelist);
14410
14411 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
14412 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
14413 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
14414 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
14415 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
14416 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
14417 \n\
14418 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
14419 is executing in.\n\
14420 \n\
14421 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
14422 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
14423
14424 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
14425 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
14426 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
14427 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14428
14429 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
14430 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
14431 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
14432 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
14433
14434 if (xdb_commands)
14435 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
14436
14437 if (dbx_commands)
14438 {
14439 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
14440 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
14441 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
14442 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
14443 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
14444 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
14445 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
14446 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
14447 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14448 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14449 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14450 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14451 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14452 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14453 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14454 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14455 \n\
14456 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14457 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14458 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14459 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14460 breakpoint set."));
14461 }
14462
14463 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
14464 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
14465 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14466 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14467 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14468 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14469 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14470 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14471 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14472 \n\
14473 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14474 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14475 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14476 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14477 breakpoint set."));
14478
14479 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
14480
14481 if (xdb_commands)
14482 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
14483 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14484 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14485 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14486 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14487 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14488 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14489 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14490 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14491 \n\
14492 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14493 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14494 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14495 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14496 breakpoint set."));
14497
14498 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
14499 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14500 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14501 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14502 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14503 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
14504 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
14505 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
14506 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
14507 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14508 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14509 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14510 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14511 \n\
14512 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14513 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14514 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14515 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14516 breakpoint set."),
14517 &maintenanceinfolist);
14518
14519 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
14520 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
14521 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
14522 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14523
14524 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
14525 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
14526 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
14527 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14528
14529 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
14530 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
14531 Catch an exception, when caught."),
14532 catch_catch_command,
14533 NULL,
14534 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14535 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14536 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
14537 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
14538 catch_throw_command,
14539 NULL,
14540 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14541 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14542 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
14543 catch_fork_command_1,
14544 NULL,
14545 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
14546 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
14547 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
14548 catch_fork_command_1,
14549 NULL,
14550 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
14551 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
14552 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
14553 catch_exec_command_1,
14554 NULL,
14555 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14556 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14557 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
14558 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
14559 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
14560 catch_load_command_1,
14561 NULL,
14562 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14563 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14564 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
14565 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
14566 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
14567 catch_unload_command_1,
14568 NULL,
14569 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14570 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14571 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
14572 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
14573 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
14574 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
14575 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
14576 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
14577 catch_syscall_command_1,
14578 catch_syscall_completer,
14579 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14580 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14581
14582 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
14583 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14584 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14585 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14586 an expression changes.\n\
14587 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14588 the memory to which it refers."));
14589 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14590
14591 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
14592 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14593 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14594 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14595 an expression is read.\n\
14596 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14597 the memory to which it refers."));
14598 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14599
14600 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
14601 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14602 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14603 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14604 an expression is either read or written.\n\
14605 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14606 the memory to which it refers."));
14607 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14608
14609 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
14610 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14611
14612 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14613 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14614 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
14615 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
14616 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14617 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14618 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14619 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14620 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14621 hardware.)"),
14622 NULL,
14623 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
14624 &setlist, &showlist);
14625
14626 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
14627
14628 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14629
14630 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
14631 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14632 \n"
14633 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14634 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14635 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14636
14637 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
14638 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14639 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14640 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14641
14642 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
14643 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14644 \n"
14645 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14646 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14647 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14648
14649 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
14650 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
14651 \n\
14652 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14653 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
14654 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
14655 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
14656 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
14657 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
14658 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
14659 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
14660 the selected stack frame.\n\
14661 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14662 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14663 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14664 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14665 \n\
14666 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14667 \n\
14668 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14669 conditions are different.\n\
14670 \n\
14671 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14672 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14673 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14674
14675 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
14676 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14677 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14678 last tracepoint set."));
14679
14680 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
14681
14682 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
14683 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14684 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14685 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14686 &deletelist);
14687
14688 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
14689 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14690 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14691 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14692 &disablelist);
14693 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
14694
14695 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
14696 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14697 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14698 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14699 &enablelist);
14700 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
14701
14702 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
14703 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14704 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14705 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14706 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14707
14708 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
14709 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14710 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
14711 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14712
14713 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
14714 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14715 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14716 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14717 session to restore them."),
14718 &save_cmdlist);
14719 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14720
14721 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
14722 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14723 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14724 &save_cmdlist);
14725 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14726
14727 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
14728 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
14729
14730 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14731 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14732 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14733 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14734 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
14735 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
14736 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14737 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14738 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14739 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14740 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
14741 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
14742
14743 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
14744 &pending_break_support, _("\
14745 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14746 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14747 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14748 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14749 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14750 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14751 NULL,
14752 show_pending_break_support,
14753 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14754 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14755
14756 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
14757
14758 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
14759 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
14760 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14761 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14762 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14763 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14764 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14765 NULL,
14766 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
14767 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14768 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14769
14770 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
14771 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
14772 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14773 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14774 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14775 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14776 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14777 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14778 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14779 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14780 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14781 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14782 NULL,
14783 &show_always_inserted_mode,
14784 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14785 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14786
14787 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
14788 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14789 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14790 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14791 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14792 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14793 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14794 or the start of the range\n\
14795 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14796 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14797 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14798 \n\
14799 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14800 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14801 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14802
14803 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
14804
14805 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
14806 }
This page took 0.559697 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.